Protocol management: Difference between revisions

From Biolovision Help
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Marked this version for translation)
No edit summary
(136 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 5: Line 5:


<!--T:2-->
<!--T:2-->
To access the adminstration of a protocol you need the '''[[User_administration#Admin_users|Protocol administrator right]]'''. Only an Admin of the Local portal can provide you such access, under certain conditions.<br/>
To access the administration of a protocol you need the '''[[User_administration#Admin_users|Protocol administrator right]]'''. Only an Admin of the Local portal can provide you such access, under certain conditions.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:3-->
<!--T:3-->
There are two ways to access administration of protocols: <br/>
The easiest way to access protocol functions is through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]]. See wiki section [[Protocol_management#Accessing protocols|Accessing protocols]] below for details. <br>
<br/>
* From Main menu > Administration <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:4-->
<span id="Protocol table"></span>
If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image [[Media:Administration.png|Administration]]), and scroll down to '''Protocol administration'''. Open panel and select '''Protocol administration''' (see image [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]). <br />
<center>
<br />
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="border:1px solid black; width:97%"; align="center";>
<th colspan="12" style="background-color:white;">''' Protocols summary table '''</th>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black; background-color: LightGray">
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="18%" style="font-size: 14px;">Name</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="10%" style="font-size: 14px;">Code</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">Group</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">Web<br/>support</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">NaturaList<br/>Android</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Points</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Transects</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Polygons</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="9%" style="font-size: 14px;">Surveys/Year</th>
</tr>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black; background-color: LightGray">
   
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/point<sup>1</sup></th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/transect<sup>1</sup></th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/polygon<sup>1</sup></th>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Waterbird census protocol</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WATERBIRDS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1 </td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Private Territory Mapping </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">TERRITORY_MAPPING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Point count </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">POINT_COUNT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Woodpeckers </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WOODPECKER</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align:center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Rock Ptarmigans protocol </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">LAGOPUS_MOTA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60 </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> 2</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Black Grouse protocol </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">TETRAO_TETRIX</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;"> Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green"> YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 60</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">2??</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Woodcock monitoring </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WOODCOCK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1?</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:5-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Administration.png|700px|thumb|center|Administration.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SOCC Seguiment d'ocells comuns a Catalunya</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SOCC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">120-150</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">4</td>
</tr>


<!--T:6-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Protocol administration.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocol administration.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Rook</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORVUS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:7-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
*From Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Sand Martin</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">RIPARIA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:8-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Corncrake</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORNCRAKE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:9-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Admin protocol through All my protocol.png|700px|thumb|center|Admin protocol through All my protocol.]] <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Jackdaw</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">JACKDAW</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:10-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
__NOTOC__
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Grey Partridge</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PERDIX</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:11-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">MHB & BDM</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MHB_BDM</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:12-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-bottom:0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">MF Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands</td>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MF</td>
&nbsp; '''Contents'''
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<ol>     
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
1 [[Protocol_management#Accessing protocols|Accessing protocols]] <br />                                      
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
2 [[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] <br />               
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
3 [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]]<br />
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
4 [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br />
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<ol>4.1 [[Protocol_management#Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
    4.2 [[Protocol_management#Administration_users_rights|Administration users rights]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<ol> 5 [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] <br />
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<ol> 5.1 [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]]<br />
</tr>
    5.2 [[Protocol_management#Parameters_describing_the_protocol|Parameters describing the protocol]]<br />
 
    5.3 [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]]<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
    5.4 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts_group|Shortcuts group]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">VBS Monitoring of breeding birds on training military areas</td>
    5.5 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts|Shortcuts]]<br/> </ol></ol>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">VBS</td>
<ol>6 [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check Data]]<br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
7 [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]]<br />
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
8 [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]]  </ol>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
</div>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-top: 0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
&nbsp; '''Protocols'''
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<ol>
</tr>
9 [[Waterbird_census_(Admin)|Waterbird census]]<br/>
10 [[Private_territory_mapping_(Admin)|Private territory mapping]]<br/>
11 [[Point_count_(Admin)|Point count]]<br/>
12 [[Woodpeckers_(Admin)|Woodpeckers]]<br/>
13 [[Rock_Ptarmigans_protocol_(Admin)|Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]<br/>
14 [[Black_Grouse_protocol_(Admin)|Black Grouse protocol]]<br/>
15 [[Woodcock_monitoring_(Admin)|Woodcock monitoring]]<br/>
15 [[SOCC_(Admin)|SOCC]]
</ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:13-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
=Accessing protocols=
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">CBBS in Protected areas</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_PROTECTED_AREAS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:194-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Access protocols through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] or as if [[Media:Enter_data_as_if_subitting_records.png|Submitting records]]. Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > [[Protocols_web#Accessing_protocols|Accessing protocols]] for more details. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Other territory mapping</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OTHER_MAPPING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:195-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access protocol functions: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Woodpecker territory</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PICIDAE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Cirl Bunting</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CIRL</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">many</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


====Modify protocol==== <!--T:196-->  
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Bewick's Swan</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BEWICKII</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:197-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Modify the protocol from <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds of Prey</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SNSP_RAPTOR</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:198-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Bee-eater</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BEEEATER</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:199-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Protocol panel > Preparation and data''', as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC EPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_EPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds<BR/>Mammals </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">9</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">3</td>
</tr>


<!--T:200-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > Edit for details. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Single nesting species (SNSP)</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SNSP</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:Red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


====Create protocol==== <!--T:201-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">CoBiMo</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">COBIMO</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:Red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:202-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Create a new protocol from <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Protocoled census</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PROTOCOLED</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:203-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Meadow birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MEADOW</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:204-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > +NEW to see how to do it. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SHOC</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">10</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:14-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC Sites</td>
<table class="toc"  style="border-radius:5px; width:700px" >
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_SITES</td>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="padding: 25px; border-radius:5px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color:#ffffdb">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb
<td style="text-align: center">1-50</td>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:205-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC Montagne</td>
'''Access protocol panel:'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_MONTAGNE</td>
- Through Menu > Take part > [[Media:Accessing protocols on the web (1).png|All my protocols]]. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
- Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC ONF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC ONF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds<br/>Mammals</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">9</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">3</td>
</tr>


<!--T:206-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
'''Enter data:''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Nou Atles diurn???</td>
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Add observations.png|Add observations]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOU_ATLES_DIURN???</td>
- Through [[Media:Add_data_to_protocol_scheme.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#|Entering data]] for details.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60</td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:207-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
'''Modify protocol:'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Nou Atles nocturn??</td>
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Modify the protocol.png|Modify the protocol]], or [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > Edit. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOU_ATLES_NOCTURN??</td>
- Through [[Media:Modify protocol from the map.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]] for details.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60</td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
</tr>


<!--T:208-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
'''Create protocol:''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birding bird protocol</td>
- Through Protocol panel > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BVM</td>
- Through [[Media:Create a new protocoled census.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]] for details.<br/><br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
</p>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center">3-23</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:209-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
</td></tr></table>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Butterflies monitoring</td>
</center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PSMD</td>
<br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">10</td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Goose/Swan (field) census</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GOOSE_SWAN_FIELD</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:15-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Goose/Swan (roost) census</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GOOSE_SWAN_ROOST</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:210-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
==Preparation and data==
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Anfibi</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MNIA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Amphibians</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:16-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Rettili</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MNIR</td>
[[File:Protocols. Preparation and data..png|300px]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Reptiles</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
'''Protocols. Preparation and data.'''
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</center>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Garzaie Italia??</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GI</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:17-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Identical section to the one  of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Moonwatch census</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MOONWATCH</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:18-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">NocMig census</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOCMIG</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:211-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
==Sites==
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Scops-owl</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SCOPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:19-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Crane</td>
<table class="toc" width="700px">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CRANE_ROOST</td>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:20-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Gulls & Terns</td>
<ul>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GULLS_TERNS</td>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol''']]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
5. [[Geometry_editor|Draw geometry]] (polygon, dot, transect) or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
6. '''SAVE'''
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</ul>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</p>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</td></tr></table>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</center>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<br/>
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:21-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">GLC</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GLC</td>
[[File:Protocols. Sites..png|300px]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
'''Protocols. Sites.'''
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
</div>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Biometric data</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BIOMETRIC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Bats</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">STOC Sites RNF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_SITES_RNF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">1-50</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Acoustic data</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">ACOUSTIC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Shorebirds, Anatidae, Grebes and Coots breeding</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">LIMAT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Breeding waterbirds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WATERBIRD_BREEDING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Reed-breeding species</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">REEDBREEDERS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SHOC sites RNF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC-SITE-RNF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">SHOC Sites</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC-SITE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Semi-common territorial species</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_SEMI_COMMON</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Small Owls</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OWLS_SMALL</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Wryneck</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WRYNECK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Great Cormorant</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORMORANT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Ecological area sample</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OEFS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Monitoring high-alpine birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_HIGHALPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Nightjar</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NIGHTJAR</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">White stork</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WHITESTORK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Protocoled census</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GENERIC_BIRD/PROTOCOLED?</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Forest birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PTAKI_LESNE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center;"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">4</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Grey Heron</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">ARDEA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="12" style="background-color:white; border: 1px solid white;"><sup>1</sup> Time is provided in minutes.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:22-->
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:23-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:WBC list of sites.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Existing sites.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Reference name:''' Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.<br/>
'''Custom name:''' A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.<br/>
'''Reference locality:''' Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to. <br/>
'''Municipality:''' Municipality the locality belongs to.<br/>
'''Altitude:''' Altitude associated to the locality.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:24-->
<!--T:4-->
&nbsp;
__NOTOC__


<!--T:25-->
<!--T:5-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-bottom:0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
 
&nbsp; '''Contents'''
<!--T:26-->
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on
<ol>     
[[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']]. <br />
1 [[Protocol_management#Accessing protocols|Accessing protocols]] <br />                                      
2 [[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] <br />               
3 [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]]<br /> 
4 [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br /> 
<ol>4.1 [[Protocol_management#Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
    4.2 [[Protocol_management#Administration_users_rights|Administration users rights]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 5 [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] <br />
<ol> 5.1 [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]]<br /> 
    5.2 [[Protocol_management#Parameters_describing_the_protocol|Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    5.3 [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]]<br /> 
    5.4 [[Protocol_management#Files for playback|Files for playback]]<br />
    5.5 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts_group|Shortcuts group]]<br/>
    5.6 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts|Shortcuts]]<br/>
    5.7 [[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile settings|Import a shapefile]]<br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 6 [[Protocol_management#Import shapefile|Import a shapefile]]<br/>
7 [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check Data]]<br /> 
8 [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]]<br /> 
9 [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]]  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-top: 0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
&nbsp; '''Protocols'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>
9 [[Waterbird_census_(Admin)|Waterbird census]]<br/>
10 [[Private_territory_mapping_(Admin)|Private territory mapping]]<br/>
11 [[Point_count_(Admin)|Point count]]<br/>
12 [[Woodpeckers_(Admin)|Woodpeckers]]<br/>
13 [[Rock_Ptarmigans_protocol_(Admin)|Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]<br/>
14 [[Black_Grouse_protocol_(Admin)|Black Grouse protocol]]<br/>
15 [[Woodcock_monitoring_(Admin)|Woodcock monitoring]]<br/>
16 [[SOCC_(Admin)|SOCC]]<br/>
17 [[Rook_(Admin)|Rook]]<br/>
18 [[Sand Martin_(Admin)|Sand Martin]]<br/>
19 [[Corncrake_(Admin)|Corncrake]]<br/>
20 [[Jackdaw_(Admin)|Jackdaw]]<br/>
21 [[Grey Partridge_(Admin)|Grey Partridge]]<br/>
22 [[MHB & BDM _(Admin)|MHB & BDM (Monitoring of common breeding birds Monitoring of biodiversity in Switzerland)]]<br/>
23 [[MF_(Admin)|MF (Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands)]]<br/>
24 [[VBS_(Admin)|VBS (Monitoring of breeding birds on military training areas)]]<br/>
25 [[CBBS_(Admin)|CBBS in Protected areas]]<br/>
26 [[Other territory mapping_(Admin)|Other territory mapping]]<br/>
27 [[Woodpecker territory_(Admin)|Woodpecker territory]]<br/>
28 [[Bee-eater_(Admin)|Bee-eater]]<br/>
29 [[STOC EPS_(Admin)|STOC EPS]]<br/>
30 [[Bewick's Swan_(Admin)|Bewick's Swan]]<br/>
31 [[Cirl Bunting_(Admin)|Cirl Bunting]]<br/>
32 [[Single nesting species_(Admin)|Single nesting species]]<br/>
33 [[CoBiMo_(Admin)|CoBiMo]]<br/>
34 [[Birds of prey_(Admin)|Birds of prey]]<br/>
35 [[Protocoled census_(Admin)|Protocoled census]]<br/>
36 [[Meadow birds_(Admin)|Meadow birds]]<br/>
37 [[Acoustic data_(Admin)|Acoustic data]]<br/>
</ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:27-->
<!--T:6-->
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
=Accessing protocols=
Select page number and/or number of items per page.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:28-->
<!--T:7-->
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
Access all protocols functions through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] or limited functions as if [[Media:Enter_data_as_if_subitting_records.png|Submitting records]]. <br/>
Click to see details of selected site.<br/>
Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Entering_data| Entering data for more details]] for more details on the second option. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:29-->
<!--T:8-->
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
To access the protocol panel: <br/>
Click to edit details of selected site.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:30-->
<!--T:9-->
:'''5. New site''' <br/>
* Go to Main menu > Administration <br/>
Create a new site. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:31-->
<!--T:10-->
:::1. Click '''+ NEW''' under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]] if necessary) and choose the new option: '''Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol'''' (here Waterbird census, see image below). <br/>
If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image [[Media:Administration.png|Administration]]), and scroll down to '''Protocol administration'''. Open panel and select '''Protocol administration''' (see image below). <br />
<br/>
<br />


<!--T:212-->
<!--T:11-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
[[File:Draw waterbird polygon.png|600px]]
[[File:Protocol administration.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:275px;">
'''Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.'''  
'''Protocol administration.'''  
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:32-->
<!--T:12-->
:::2. Enter a name for the new site.<br/>
Or, <br/>
*Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:33-->
<!--T:13-->
Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol. <br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:194-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Name a new WBC site.png|600px]]
[[File:Admin protocol through All my protocol.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:675px;">
'''Naming a new Waterbird census site.'''
'''Admin protocol through All my protocol.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Name of reference locality:''' Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards. <br/>
'''Reference name:''' Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.<br/>
'''Custom name:'''  Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:34-->
<!--T:195-->
&nbsp;
Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access certain protocol functions: <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:35-->
====Modify protocol==== <!--T:196-->  
:::3. Either: <br/>
::::*Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > [[Geometry_editor|Geometry editor]] or,<br/>


<!--T:36-->
<!--T:197-->
::::*Import shapefile:<br/>
Modify the protocol from <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:37-->
<!--T:198-->
<center>
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
 
[[File:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|700px]]
<!--T:199-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
* '''Protocol panel > Preparation and data''', as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
'''Importing a polygon shapefile.'''
 
</div>
<!--T:200-->
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > Edit for details. <br/>
'''1.''' Choose datum and <br/>
'''2.''' upload the file.<br/>
'''3.''' When done, click '''IMPORT'''.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:38-->
====Create protocol==== <!--T:201-->
:::After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the '''Polygon''' ('''Point''', '''Line''' or '''Bounding box''') section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and '''IMPORT''' as explained above. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:39-->
<!--T:202-->
<center>
Create a new protocol from <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Save shapefile of new WBC site.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:40-->
<!--T:203-->
:::4. When the new site is ready you have three options: <br/>
* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]].<br/>
:::: '''SAVE AND STAY''' to save the site and continue making changes, or <br/>
 
:::: '''SAVE AND ADD A RECORD''' to save and start entering observations or
<!--T:204-->
::::
* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > +NEW to see how to do it. <br/>
:::: '''DELETE SITE''' if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.<br />
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:41-->
:::The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image [[Media:Capture 2023-03-14 WBC delete new site.png|Deleting a newly created site]]). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:192-->
<!--T:14-->
&nbsp;
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: #ffffdb">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<!--T:213-->
<!--T:205-->
==User/Site==
<p>
'''Access protocol panel:'''<br/>
- Through Menu > Take part > [[Media:Accessing protocols on the web (1).png|All my protocols]]. <br/>
- Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:43-->
<!--T:206-->
<center>
'''Enter data:''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Add observations.png|Add observations]].<br/>
[[File:Protocols. User-Site..png|300px]]
- Through [[Media:Add_data_to_protocol_scheme.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#|Entering data]] for details.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. User/Site.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:44-->
<!--T:207-->
From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
'''Modify protocol:'''<br/>
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Modify the protocol.png|Modify the protocol]], or [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > Edit. <br/>
- Through [[Media:Modify protocol from the map.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]] for details.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===Access to sites=== <!--T:45-->
<!--T:208-->
'''Create protocol:''' <br/>
- Through Protocol panel > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW. <br/>
- Through [[Media:Create a new protocoled census.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]] for details.<br/><br/>
</p>
 
<!--T:209-->
</div>
</center>
<br />
 
<!--T:15-->
&nbsp;


<!--T:46-->
<!--T:210-->
List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
==Preparation and data==
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:47-->
<!--T:16-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px]]
[[File:Protocols. Preparation and data..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/56/Protocols._Preparation_and_data..png]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Access to sites.'''
'''Protocols. Preparation and data.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''User name:''' Name, email address and user number of observer.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  site (local official one).<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:48-->
<!--T:17-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Identical section to the one  of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
<br/>


<!--T:49-->
[[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|[Top to Preparation and data]]] <br/>
When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


<!--T:50-->
==Sites==
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:214-->
<!--T:19-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: #ffffdb">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<!--T:20-->
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
 
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor|Draw geometry]] (polygon, dot, transect) or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
<!--T:21-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Sites..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/6/6d/Protocols._Sites..png]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Sites.'''  
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Line 437: Line 1,290:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:215-->
<!--T:22-->
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:51-->
<!--T:23-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px]]
[[File:WBC list of sites.png|600px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/14/WBC_list_of_sites.png]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. User/site Details.'''
'''Protocols. Existing sites.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''User name:''' Observer name, email address and local site user number.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
'''Custom name:''' A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.<br/>
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
'''Reference locality:''' Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to. <br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''Municipality:''' Municipality the locality belongs to.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''Altitude:''' Altitude associated to the locality.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
Line 461: Line 1,312:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:52-->
<!--T:24-->
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
&nbsp;
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
 
<br/>
<!--T:25-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  


<!--T:216-->
<!--T:26-->
<center>
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']]. <br />
[[File:Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Editing User/site.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:53-->
<!--T:27-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page.<br/>


<!--T:54-->
<!--T:28-->
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>
Click to see details of selected site.<br/>


<!--T:55-->
<!--T:29-->
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.<br/>
Click to edit details of selected site.<br/>
 
<!--T:30-->
:'''5. New site''' <br/>
Create a new site. <br/>
 
<!--T:31-->
<span id="create site"></span>
:::1. Click '''+ NEW''' under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]] if necessary) and choose the new option: '''Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol'''' (here Waterbird census, see image below). <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:56-->
<!--T:212-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px]]
[[File:Draw waterbird polygon.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Adding new user to site.'''
'''Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


===Administration users rights=== <!--T:57-->
<!--T:32-->
 
<span id="name site"></span>
<!--T:58-->
:::2. Enter a name for the new site.<br/>
List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:59-->
<!--T:33-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|600px]]
[[File:Name a new WBC site.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).'''  
'''Naming a new Waterbird census site.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Name of reference locality:''' Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards. <br/>
'''Reference name:''' Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.<br/>
'''Custom name:'''  Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:60-->
<!--T:35-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
:::3. Either: <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a right,  a user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
::::*Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > [[Geometry_editor|Geometry editor]] or,<br/>


<!--T:61-->
<!--T:36-->
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
::::*Import shapefile:<br/>
 
<!--T:62-->
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
 
<!--T:63-->
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:64-->
<!--T:37-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px]]
[[File:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Rights details.'''
'''Importing a polygon shapefile.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Number:''' This is for Biolovision's internal use.<br/>
'''1.''' Choose datum and <br/>
'''User name:''' Name, e-mail and local site user number of the user receiving the right. <br/>
'''2.''' upload the file.<br/>
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted to.<br/>
'''3.''' When done, click '''IMPORT'''.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
Line 565: Line 1,400:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:65-->
<!--T:38-->
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
:::After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the '''Polygon''' ('''Point''', '''Line''' or '''Bounding box''') section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and '''IMPORT''' as explained above. <br/>
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:66-->
<!--T:39-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px]]
[[File:Save shapefile of new WBC site.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Editing rights.'''
'''Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:67-->
<!--T:40-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
:::4. When the new site is ready you have three options: <br/>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
:::: '''SAVE AND STAY''' to save the site and continue making changes, or <br/>
:::: '''SAVE AND ADD A RECORD''' to save and start entering observations or <br/>
:::: '''DELETE SITE''' if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.<br />
<br/>
 
<!--T:41-->
:::The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image [[Media:Capture 2023-03-14 WBC delete new site.png|Deleting a newly created site]]). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[Protocol_management#Sites|[Top to Sites]]]<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


<!--T:68-->
==User/Site==
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:69-->
<!--T:43-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px]]
[[File:Protocols. User-Site..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Adding new right.'''
'''Protocols. User/Site.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:70-->
<!--T:44-->
:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" and their email addresses.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:193-->
===Access to sites=== <!--T:45-->
&nbsp;


<!--T:217-->
<!--T:46-->
==Settings==
List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br />
<br/>


<!--T:72-->
<!--T:47-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Settings..png|300px]]
[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Settings.'''  
'''Protocols. Access to sites.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''User name:''' Name, email address and user number of observer.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  site (local official one).<br/>
</p>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:4;padding-right:5px;">
<b>1.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Search|Search]] <br />
<b>2.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Page|Page and items]] <br/>
<b>3.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Details|Details]] <br />
<b>4.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Edit|Edit]] <br/>
<b>5.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Delete|Delete]] <br />
<b>6.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Export|EXPORT]] <br/>
<b>7.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_New|+ NEW]] <br />
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:73-->
<!--T:48-->
Set protocol parameters. <br/>
<span id="PM_Search"></span>
<br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
 
<!--T:49-->
When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />


<!--T:74-->
<!--T:50-->
===Species list===
<span id="PM_Page"></span>
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:75-->
<!--T:214-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<tr>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
</div>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
</div>
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
</center>
 
<!--T:76-->
<p>
<ul>
Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species. <br/>
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.<br/>
</ul></p>


<!--T:77-->
<!--T:215-->
</td></tr></table>
<span id="PM_Details"></span>
</center>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<br />
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
 
 
<!--T:78-->
List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:79-->
<!--T:51-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px]]
[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Species list.'''
'''Protocols. User/site Details.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' list of species selected to survey.<br/>
'''User name:''' Observer name, email address and local site user number.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species list.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
Line 689: Line 1,527:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:80-->
<!--T:52-->
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<span id="PM_Edit"></span>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list in NaturaList]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:81-->
<!--T:216-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
 
<!--T:82-->
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
 
<!--T:83-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<br/>
 
<!--T:218-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
[[File:Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
'''Protocols. Editing User/site.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:84-->
<!--T:53-->
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<span id="PM_Delete"></span>
See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
 
<!--T:54-->
<span id="PM_Export"></span>
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>
 
<!--T:55-->
<span id="PM_New"></span>
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:85-->
<!--T:56-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px]]
[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Details of Species list.'''
'''Protocols. Adding new user to site.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' species selected for details display or editing.<br/>
'''10.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''Extended species list?:'''  Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.<br/>
'''11.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5.''' '''DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
Line 742: Line 1,583:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:86-->
===Administration users rights=== <!--T:57-->
&nbsp;


<!--T:87-->
<!--T:58-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:88-->
<!--T:59-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px]]
[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Editing species lists.'''
'''Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<!--T:89-->
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:90-->
<!--T:60-->
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a right,  a user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
<br/>
 
<!--T:61-->
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
 
<!--T:62-->
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>


<!--T:91-->
<!--T:63-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:92-->
<!--T:64-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px]]
[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.'''
'''Protocols. Rights details.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''Number:''' This is for Biolovision's internal use.<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''User name:''' Name, e-mail and  local site user number of the user receiving the right. <br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted to.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:93-->
<!--T:65-->
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:94-->
<!--T:66-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<tr>
[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: hsl(157, 74%, 80%)">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)  
'''Protocols. Editing rights.'''
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
</div>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:95-->
<!--T:67-->
<p>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<ul>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
</ul></p>


<!--T:96-->
<!--T:68-->
</td></tr></table>
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
</center>
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===Parameters describing the protocol=== <!--T:97-->
<!--T:69-->
 
<center>
<!--T:98-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Parameters are protocol dependent. <!--Please refer to each individual protocol for details.--><br/>
[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Adding new right.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:99-->
<!--T:70-->
<!--Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  and their email addresses.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:100-->
<!--T:193-->
&nbsp;
[[Protocol_management#User/Site|[Top to User/Sites]]]<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
 
==Settings==
<br />


<!--T:101-->
<!--T:72-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:400px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|400px]]
[[File:Protocols. Settings..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:385px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocol parameters. Settings.'''  
'''Protocols. Settings.'''  
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Line 848: Line 1,706:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:102-->
<!--T:73-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Set protocol parameters. <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:103-->
<!--T:74-->
:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
<span id="species list"></span>
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.<br/>
===Species list===
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:104-->
<!--T:75-->
:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
<center>
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: #ffffdb">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
 
<!--T:76-->
<p>
Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species. <br/>
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.<br/>
</p>


<!--T:105-->
<!--T:77-->
:'''4. Order''' <br/>
</div>
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
</center>
<br/>
<br />


<!--T:106-->
<!--T:78-->
:'''5. Details''' <br/>
List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:107-->
<!--T:79-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|700px]]
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.'''
'''Protocols. Species list.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''Species:''' list of species selected to survey.<br/>
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding subsection below.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species list.<br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
Line 888: Line 1,756:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:108-->
<!--T:80-->
:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list in NaturaList]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:109-->
<!--T:81-->
<center>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|700px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<!--T:82-->
'''Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.'''
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:110-->
<!--T:83-->
:'''7. Parameters'''<br/>
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
List of all possible parameters admin set if those will be asked or not. List of parameters are protocol specific and listed under each specific wiki section for those protocols.<br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<br />
<br/>


<!--T:219-->
<!--T:218-->
:::'''Comment''' <br />
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:220-->
<!--T:84-->
::Allows user to enter a comment if necessary. <br />
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<br />
See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:221-->
<!--T:85-->
:::'''Important changes''' <br />
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<!--T:222-->
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px]]
::Allows indicating if there have been major changes since last visit.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<br />
'''Protocols. Details of Species list.'''
 
</div>
<!--T:223-->
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
:::'''Additional observer''' <br />
'''Species:''' species selected for details display or editing.<br/>
 
'''Extended species list?:''' Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.<br/>
<!--T:224-->
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
::Space to indicate if the observer has been accompanied by someone whose observations were also recorded.<br />
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
<br />
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
 
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
<!--T:225-->
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
:::'''Ice''' <br/>
</p>
 
</div>
<!--T:226-->
</center>
::Indicates the percentage of water surface that is frozen. Options are:<br/>
:::: no ice <br/>
:::: 0 - 10 % <br/>
:::: 10 - 50 % <br/>
:::: 50 - 90 % <br/>
:::: 90 - 100 % <br/>
:::: 100 % <br/>
:::: Unknown
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:227-->
<!--T:87-->
:::'''Snow coverage''' <br/>
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
 
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
<!--T:228-->
::Indicates the proportion of snow cover. Options are:<br/>
:::: no snow <br/>
:::: partly covered <br/>
:::: completely covered <br/>
:::: Unknown
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:229-->
<!--T:88-->
:::'''Count type''' <br />
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<!--T:230-->
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px]]
::User should choose one the options:<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
:::: roost count <br/>
'''Protocols. Editing species lists.'''
:::: during day <br />
</div>
<br />
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:231-->
<!--T:90-->
:::'''Count method''' <br />
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:232-->
<!--T:91-->
::The user indicates how they conducted the survey. Only one option is possible. Options are:<br/>
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
:::: at ground <br/>
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
:::: on airplane <br/>
<br/>
:::: on ship <br/>
:::: other <br/>
:::: unknown <br />
<br />


<!--T:233-->
<!--T:92-->
:::'''Optical equipment''' <br />
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<!--T:234-->
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px]]
::The user should indicate the equipment used for the survey. Only one option is possible. Options are: <br />
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
:::: None <br/>
'''Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.'''
:::: Telescope <br/>
</div>
:::: Binoculars <br/>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
:::: Unknown <br/>
'''10. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
<br />
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:235-->
<!--T:94-->
:::'''Coverage''' <br />
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius: 5px; padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; width: 600px; background-color: hsl(157, 74%, 80%)">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<!--T:236-->
<!--T:95-->
::Serves to indicate how much of the designated polygon is covered in the survey. The user chooses between:<br/>
<p>
:::: Partly <br/>
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
:::: Complete <br/>
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
<br />
</p>
 
<!--T:237-->
:::'''Water level''' <br />


<!--T:238-->
<!--T:96-->
::Indicates the water level. Options are:<br />
</div>
:::: Dry / Empty <br/>
</center>
:::: Low <br/>
<br/>
:::: Normal <br/>
<br/>
:::: High <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


<!--T:239-->
<span id="parameters describing"></span>
:::'''Visibility''' <br />


<!--T:240-->
===Parameters describing the protocol=== <!--T:97-->
::Approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species. Options are:<br />
:::: 0-100 m <br/>
:::: 100-300 m <br/>
:::: 300-1000 m <br/>
:::: ≥ 1000 m <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


<!--T:241-->
<!--T:98-->
:::'''Waves''' <br />
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status.


<!--T:242-->
<!--T:99-->
::Provides information about the waves. Options are: <br/>
Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
:::: None <br/>
<br/>
:::: Small <br/>
:::: Moderate <br/>
:::: With crests <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


<!--T:243-->
<!--T:101-->
:::'''Conditions in general''' <br />
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocol parameters. Settings.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:244-->
<!--T:102-->
::The user estimates how are surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances, and indicate on next section the reason if surveying <br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
::conditions are not good. Options are:<br />
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
:::: Good / Normal <br/>
<br/>
:::: Moderate <br/>
:::: Bad / heavely influenced <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


<!--T:245-->
<!--T:103-->
:::'''Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions''' <br />
:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:246-->
<!--T:104-->
::If general conditions indicated above were noot good, <br/>
:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
::clicking the yellow field the user opens an expandable menu and chooses the reason. Only one option is possible:  <br />
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.<br/>
:::: Fog <br/>
:::: Rain <br/>
:::: Wind <br/>
:::: Hunting <br/>
:::: Fishing <br/>
:::: Sport <br/>
:::: Mixed (weather) <br/>
:::: Mixed (human) <br/>
:::: Others <br/>
<br />
 
<!--T:247-->
:::'''Count payed''' <br/>
 
<!--T:248-->
::The user can indicate if the count is payed for or not. Only options are <br/>
:::: Yes <br/>
:::: No <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:249-->
<!--T:105-->
:::'''Number of persons on shore''' <br/>
:'''4. Order''' <br/>
 
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
<!--T:250-->
::The user can type the number of persons on shore.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:251-->
<!--T:106-->
:::'''Number of rowing boats''' <br/>
:'''5. Details''' <br/>
 
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
<!--T:252-->
::The user can type the number of rowing boats.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:253-->
<!--T:107-->
:::'''Number of motor boats''' <br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<!--T:254-->
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|500px]]
::The user can type the number of motor boats. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding subsection below.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:255-->
<!--T:108-->
:::'''Number of sailing boats''' <br/>
:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
 
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
<!--T:256-->
::The user can type the number of sailing boats. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:257-->
<!--T:109-->
:::'''Number of canoes/kayaks''' <br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<!--T:258-->
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|500px]]
::The user can type the number of canoes/kayaks.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<br/>
'''Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.'''
 
</div>
<!--T:259-->
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
:::'''Number of fishing boats''' <br/>
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>  
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:260-->
<!--T:110-->
::The user can type the number of fishing boats. <br/>
<span id="Parameters admin"></span>
<br/>
=====7. Parameters=====


<!--T:261-->
<!--T:219-->
:::'''Number of sports divers''' <br/>
Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details on each parameter.<br/>


<!--T:262-->
<!--T:220-->
::The user can type the number of sports divers.<br/>
Expand the table below to see all possible parameters and the protocols they appear at. Use arrows to alternate between ascending and descending order. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:263-->
<!--T:223-->
:::'''Number of surfers''' <br/>
<center>
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"; style="border:1px solid black;" width="95%" align="center"; customers tr="hover"; background-color: ddd;">
<th colspan="11" style="background-color:white;">'''Parameters'''</th>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<th width="25%">Parameter name</th>
<th width="50%">Description</th>
<th width="25%">Protocol</th>
</tr>


<!--T:264-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::The user can type the number of surfers.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Acoustic number'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the acoustic number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:265-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::'''Temperature''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Acoustic number detail'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate what the acoustic number provided refers to.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:266-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::Indicates the air temperature at the time of the count. Options are:<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Activity of the individual'''</td>
::::< 0°C <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the activity of the individual.</td>
::::0-10°C <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
::::10-20°C <br/>
</tr>
::::20-30°C <br/>
::::>30°C <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:267-->
<!--T:224-->
:::'''Wind'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Additional observer(s)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the user is accompanied by someone whose observations are also recorded.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>


<!--T:268-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
::Indicates the overall wind sensation. Options are:<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Appearance of udders'''</td>
::::Calm <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the appearance of udders.</td>
::::Breeze <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
::::Moderate <br/>
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:269-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::'''Cloud cover''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Calcar'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the calcar.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:270-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::Indicates cloud cover during survey. Options are:<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Capture method'''</td>
::::Clear <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate how the animal was caught.</td>
::::Cloudy <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
::::Very cloudy <br/>
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:271-->
<!--T:225-->
:::'''Rain''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Census not done'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">STOC EPS</td>
</tr>


<!--T:272-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::Indicates if there was any rain. Options are: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Chin pad (Plecotus)'''</td>
::::None <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the hair colour.</td>
::::Drizzle <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
<br/>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Cloud cover'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are clouds.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Cm3 (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of cm3.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:273-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::'''Visibility''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Color of oral glands'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the colour of oral glands.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:274-->
<!--T:226-->
::Indicates the visibility. Options are:<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::::Good <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Comment'''</td>
::::Regular <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a comment.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
</tr>


<!--T:275-->
<!--T:227-->
:::'''Counting mammals''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions in general'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate about surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances. The user may be asked to indicate on next section the reason if surveying conditions are not good.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>


<!--T:276-->
<!--T:228-->
::Indicates if the user is counter mammals they encounter. Options are: <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::::No <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions (notes)'''</td>
::::Yes, but there were no sightings <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a note regarding conditions.</td>
::::Yes<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Woodpeckers, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:277-->
<!--T:229-->
:::'''Neutralised time''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count method'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the survey takes place from the ground, the air, the water, a different way, or if it is unknown.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:278-->
<!--T:230-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count number'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate from the expandable menu the visit the data corresponds to.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:</td>
</tr>


<!--T:279-->
<!--T:231-->
:::'''Additional observers'''<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count paid'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the count is paid for or not.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:280-->
<!--T:232-->
::The user can indicate the name of other observers participating in the data collection. <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count type'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if it is a roost count or otherwise.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:281-->
<!--T:233-->
:::'''Important changes since last count?''' <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Counting mammals?'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if besides the compulsory taxonomic group, mammals were also counted.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>


<!--T:282-->
<!--T:234-->
::The user can indicate if there has been any major change since their previous count, for example, some disturbance like noise or construction. <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate how much of the designated survey area is covered in the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey</td>
</tr>


<!--T:283-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::'''Record the trace''' <br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage (notes)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To add any comment about coverage.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey</td>
</tr>  


<!--T:284-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::By checking a cell, the user can have their track recorded. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Determination methods'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the determination method used.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:285-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::'''Hide all records from the public''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Drone used?'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if drones were used during the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater, SNSP, Birds of prey</td>
</tr>


<!--T:286-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
::By checking the cell, the user hides all observations from the public. The observer an protocol administrators will always see them.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ear'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the ear.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:287-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::'''No species were seen''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ear width (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the width of the ear.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:288-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::Allows the user to indicate if despite visiting the site and following the guidelines, there were no records. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Foot'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the foot.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:111-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
&nbsp;-->
<td style="text-align: center">'''Foot hair (Plecotus)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the presence of hairs on the foot.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:289-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
===Parameters===
<td style="text-align: center">'''Forearm (mm)'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of the forearm.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:112-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Shows the status of the [[Free area tool]] parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Fused wing cells (Pipistrellus)'''</td>
* '''YES:''' [[Free area tool]] is active. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To merge the information from wing cells.</td>
* '''NO:''' [[Free area tool]] is inactive. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
<br/>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Habitat'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">ETOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Hair color'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the hair colour.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:235-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Hide all records from the public'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to keep their observations private.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
</tr>


<!--T:113-->
<!--T:236-->
When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace > [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ice'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the percentage of water surface that is frozen.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:114-->
<!--T:237-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Important changes (since last count?)'''</td>
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there have been major changes since the last visit.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds</td>
'''Protocols. Free area tool.'''  
</tr>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:115-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''1. Details''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Intact nests'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of intact nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:116-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Means of transport'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|500px]]
<td style="text-align: center">STOC EPS</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Free area tool details.'''
 
</div>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Moving/Harvest'''</td>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the surface that has been harvested or mown.</td>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake, Meadow birds</td>
</p>
</tr>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:117-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Nasal leaf length'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of the nasal leaf.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:118-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Nest location'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To select the location of the nest.</td>
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|500px]]
<td style="text-align: center"> Jackdaw</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Editing free area tool.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:119-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Net / harp-trap detail'''</td>
* '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To add details on certain types of traps: Nets and harp-traps.</td>
* '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center"> Biometric data</td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:120-->
<!--T:238-->
When the [[Free area tool]] is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the [[Free area tool]] as a user:<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, assigned census.png|Assigned census/Sample area]]''': list of assigned areas. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Neutralised time'''</td>
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, statistics.png| Statistics on request]]''': list of messages sent by observers. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:249-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''No species were seen'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user did not detect any of the study species.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>
 
<!--T:239-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of canoes/kayaks'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:121-->
<!--T:240-->
&nbsp;
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:290-->
<!--T:241-->
===Shortcuts group===
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:122-->
<!--T:242-->
List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of motor boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:123-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of nests occupied by other species'''</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of nests occupied by species other than the ones counted in the current protocol. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:124-->
<!--T:243-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of persons on shore'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:291-->
<!--T:244-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of rowing boats'''</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</tr>
</div>
 
</div>
<!--T:245-->
</center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sailing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:125-->
<!--T:246-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
See details for the selected group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sports divers'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:126-->
<!--T:247-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of stand up paddlers'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:127-->
<!--T:248-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Delete shortcut group. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of surfers'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:128-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Occupied nests'''</td>
Create a new group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of occupied nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Jackdaw, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:129-->
<!--T:250-->
&nbsp;
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Optical equipment'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate which equipment is used for the survey. Only one option is possible.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Grey Partridge, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:292-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
===Shortcuts===
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ossification level of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the level of ossification of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges. </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:293-->
<!--T:251-->
List of species for which a shortcut exists.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Playback'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check the species names for which playback will be played during the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Woodpeckers</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Potential breeding pairs'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter the number of breeding pairs. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Jackdaw</td>
</tr>


<!--T:130-->
<!--T:252-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Rain'''</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png|700px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are any rain.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<td style="text-align: center">Various<br/>SOCC, STOC EPS</td>
'''Shortcuts in protocol administration part'''
</tr>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' Name of species.<br/>
'''Shortcuts group:''' Name of the shortcuts group.<br/>
'''Color code:''' Colour associated to this species. User may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''Order:''' Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:131-->
<!--T:253-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To choose the reason for bad surveying conditions. Only one option is possible.  </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:132-->
<!--T:254-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
<!--<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Record the trace'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to record their track. </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Territory mapping, Point count</td>
</tr>-->


<!--T:294-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Size of the epididymis'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the epididymis.</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:133-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Size of oral glands.'''</td>
See details for the selected group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the oral glands.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:134-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Social vocalisation type'''</td>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the type of vocalisation.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:135-->
<!--T:255-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Delete shortcut group. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Snow/Snow coverage'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the proportion of snow cover.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various: <br/>Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>


<!--T:136-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Sound played'''</td>
Create a new group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">The user should indicate if they used playback to detect the species.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Grey Partridge</td>
</tr>


<!--T:137-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p style="margin-right:220px;margin-let:220px">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Suspected nests'''</td>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of suspected nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
'''ADD:''' Add the new species to the list.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</p><br/>
</tr>


<!--T:138-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''Species:''' Type the name, or part of the name, of the new speies on the left hand field and select from the expandable menu on the right.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tail'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tail.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:139-->
<!--T:256-->
:'''Shortcuts group:''' Type the name of the group, or part of it, on the righthand field, and select it from the expandable menu on the left hand field.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temperature'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate approximate temperature.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>


<!--T:140-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''Color code:''' Select a colour to associate to this shortcut. Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temporary shallow water bodies'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the frequency of water bodies.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>


<!--T:141-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''Order:''' Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Testicles size'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the testicles.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:142-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center">'''Thumb'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the thumb.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:295-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
==Check data==
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tibia'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tibia.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:143-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tragus'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tragus.</td>#
[[File:Protocols. Check data..png|300px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Check data.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:144-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tragus widht (mm)'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the width of the tragus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:145-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Vaginal tunic color'''</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the colour of the vaginal tunic.</td>
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
</tr>
'''Protocols. Check data.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:146-->
<!--T:257-->
:'''1. Graphs''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Visibility'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species, or an overall description.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>


<!--T:147-->
<!--T:258-->
Scroll down to see all graphs: <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Water level'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the water level.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater</td>
</tr>


<!--T:148-->
<!--T:259-->
:::'''Number of censuses''': number of censuses per year from last years to present.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::'''Census duration''': total number of hours of survey per year, from last years to present. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Waves'''</td>
:::'''Average census time''': average number of minutes per survey. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">to indicate how the waves are.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


<!--T:149-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Site / Observer''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Weight (g)'''</td>
Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the weight of the animal.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:150-->
<!--T:260-->
<center>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Wind'''</td>
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|600px]]
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there is any wind.</td>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>SOCC, STOC EPS</td>
'''Protocols. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.'''  
</tr>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:151-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a [[Media:Capture 2023-03-30 WBC display sp.png|list of species recorded]] on a new window.
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P3D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P3D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:152-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
The color is linked to the number of species counted during the census.
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P4D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P4D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:153-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
White: = 0 specie
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P5D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P5D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2nd finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the second finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2nd metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the second metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P3D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P3D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P4D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P4D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P5D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P5D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''3rd finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the third finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''3rd metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the third metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''4th finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fourth finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:154-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Red : =1 specie
<td style="text-align: center">'''4th metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fourth metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:155-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Orange to Yellow to Green: 11 level of colors according the number of species between 1 to 20.
<td style="text-align: center">'''5th finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fifth finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:156-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Green: = or >20 species <br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''5th metacarpus'''</td>
<br />  
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fifth metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


<!--T:157-->
</table>
:'''3. Period / Site''' <br/>
</center>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image [[Media:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer]] as an example of results. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:158-->
<!--T:265-->
:'''4. Sites without data''' <br/>
Besides the optional parameters, a user may be asked: <br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the '''e-mail''' cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check '''check all''' on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:159-->
<!--T:267-->
<center>
:'''Comments''' <br>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png|600px]]
<!--T:268-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
An optional comments field will appear in the '''Choosing date''' section and may be accompanied by other options depending on the protocol: <br>
'''Protocols. E-mail observers of empty censuses.'''  
 
</div>
<!--T:269-->
</div>
:::*'''Comment:''' a comment referring to a general observation, <br/>
</center>
 
<br/>
<!--T:270-->
:::*'''Additional observer:''' to name other observer/s participating in the census,<br/>
 
<!--T:271-->
:::*'''Important changes:''' to note important changes from previous visits, like noise, pollution or construction work,<br/>
 
<!--T:272-->
:::*'''Impacts:''' to record any impact taking place during the survey,<br/>


<!--T:160-->
<!--T:273-->
A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients by selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message in the designated area to personalise it. When done, click '''SEND THE REQUESTS''' to send the message. <br/>
:::*'''Incidents:''' to report any incident that may have happened during the count.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:161-->
<!--T:276-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC emails.png|700px]]
[[File:Comment example.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Sending emails about empty sites.'''
'''Protocols. Example of Comment section.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''5.''' Type message to personalise email. <br/>
'''6.''' Message recipients.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:162-->
<!--T:280-->
&nbsp;
:'''Hide all records from the public''' <br/>


<!--T:296-->
<!--T:281-->
==Report==
The user will have the option of keeping records private by checking the appropriate cell. Administrators will always have access to private records (see image above). <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:163-->
<!--T:283-->
<center>
:'''Record the trace''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Report..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Report.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:164-->
<!--T:284-->
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
This option is only available when entering protocol data through NaturaList. By checking the appropriate cell the user can keep a record of their track. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:165-->
<!--T:287-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png|600px]]
[[File:Parameters Record the trace.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Filtering results.'''  
'''Protocols. Record the trace.'''  
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
:'''Point number''' <br/>


<!--T:166-->
Choose from the expandable menu at which point you are entering data. <br/>
:'''1. Filter dates''' <br/>
Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right or typing directly dd.mm.yyyy in the corresponding field.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:167-->
<span id="parameters"></span>
:'''2. Temporal aggregation''' <br/>
 
Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
===Parameters===
::: '''Day:''' Shows results per day. This is the default option. <br/>
::: '''Pentad:''' Shows results in groups of five days. <br/>
::: '''Week:''' Shows results per week. <br/>
::: '''Decade:''' Shows results in groups of ten days. <br/>
::: '''Month:''' Shows results per month.<br/>
::: '''Year:''' Shows results per year.<br>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:168-->
<!--T:112-->
:'''3. Spatial aggregation''' <br/>
Shows the status of the [[Free area tool]] parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :<br/>
Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
* '''YES:''' [[Free area tool]] is active. <br/>
::: '''Country:''' Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered;  if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.<br/>
* '''NO:''' [[Free area tool]] is inactive. <br/>
::: '''Canton:'''  Cantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, district, commarca, county, and so on.<br/>
::: '''Municipality:''' Municipality, like a canton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.<br/>
::: '''Supersite:''' A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created. <br/>
::: '''Place:''' A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked together within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot  or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
:::
::: '''Locality:'''  A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:169-->
<!--T:113-->
:'''4. Visualisation''' <br/>
When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace > [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
::: '''SHOW: '''See results on screen, or <br/>
::: '''EXPORT: '''Download results on an excel file.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:170-->
<!--T:114-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-04-03 WBC report results.png|700px]]
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Report results.'''
'''Protocols. Free area tool.'''  
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''2. Temporal aggregation:''' Show total numbers of individuals of the specie indicated under the first column (5) In this example, the aggregation is per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''3. Study site name:''' Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''5. List of species:''' List of species registered at each site. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:171-->
<!--T:115-->
&nbsp;
:'''1. Details''' <br/>
 
See details of the free area tool. <br/>
<!--T:297-->
==Map==
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:172-->
<!--T:116-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Map..png|300px]]
[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Map.'''  
'''Protocols. Free area tool details.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:298-->
<!--T:117-->
Display the area map by site.<br/>
:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
Edit details of the free area tool.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:299-->
<!--T:118-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.45.45.png|600px]]
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Map.'''  
'''Protocols. Editing free area tool.'''  
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Line 1,689: Line 2,737:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:300-->
<!--T:119-->
It displays the statistics and information  for the selected area:<br/>
Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
* '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
* '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:173-->
<!--T:120-->
1: Select area
When the [[Free area tool]] is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the [[Free area tool]] as a user:<br/>
 
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, assigned census.png|Assigned census/Sample area]]''': list of assigned areas. <br/>
<!--T:174-->
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, statistics.png| Statistics on request]]''': list of messages sent by observers. <br/>
2: Point displayed
<br/>


<!--T:175-->
<span id="Files to playback"></span>
3: pink point = areas where polygons are
===Files for playback===
 
<!--T:176-->
4: statistics concerning the area displayed.
 
<!--T:177-->
Select the site and see details as explained in wiki section Web interface > Protocols >"Name of the protocol "(here Waterbird census protocol) > [[Protocols_web#Map|Map]].<br />
<br />
 
<!--T:178-->
Functions in section 4 of image "[[:File:2023-05-17 WBC Map links.png|Protocols. Links for administrators]]". are different from those of non-administrators. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:179-->
<!--T:290-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:2023-05-17 WBC Map links.png|300px]]
[[File:Files for playback.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Files for playback.'''
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:180-->
:'''Links for the polygon''' <br/>
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:181-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.00.49.png|left|thumb]]'''Add observations:''' Add further observations to this site or any other as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Add_observations|Add observations]].<br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:182-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.01.58.png|left|thumb]]'''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image below) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:183-->
<center>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|600px]]
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Adding observations to a polygon.'''  
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
Line 1,747: Line 2,787:
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:184-->
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.03.14.png|left|thumb]]'''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
See name of species and the file name containing its playback.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:185-->
<center>
:'''Links for the square''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
[[File:Playback details.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Playback details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''1. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''2. File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound, and its extension. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete entry from the list. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:186-->
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.04.48.png|left|thumb]]'''Modify the protocol:''' Modify the protocol as described in wiki section Web > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Modify_the_protocol|Modify the protocol]].<br/> <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:187-->
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.01.58.png|left|thumb]]'''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image [[Media:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|Waterbird census protocol. Adding observations to a polygon]]) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
Modify playback file or species name for the selected entry.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:188-->
<center>
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.03.14.png|left|thumb]]'''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback edit.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Editing playback details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Change species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a different file for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:189-->
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.06.09.png|left|thumb]]'''Data visualisation:''' See all protocols associated to this site as in Web interface > Protocols > "Name of the protocol" (here Waterbird protocol) [[Protocols_web#Browse_observations| Browse observations]]. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:190-->
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.06.55.png|left|thumb]]'''Results:''' See results as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Results|Results]]'''. <br/>
Delete the entry from the list.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:191-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<br/><br/>
Add a new playback file to the list.<br/>
[[#top|[Top]]]<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


</translate>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback new.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Adding a new playback file.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Select species by typing its name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a playback file to upload for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''ADD:''' Save entry to the list.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<span id="Waterbird_census_admin"></span>
<span id="shortcuts grop"></span>
 
===Shortcuts group===
=Waterbird census=
WATERBIRD
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-09 WBC Admin Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Administration menu.]]<br/>
<!--T:122-->
List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<center>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:700px;">
&nbsp; '''8 Waterbird census'''
[[File:Shortcuts group.png|700px]]
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
<ol>                                             
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups.'''
8.1[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
8.2[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
8.3[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
<ol>8.3.1 [[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
    8.3.2 [[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Administration_users_rights|Administration users rights]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 8.4[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Settings| Settings]] <br />
<ol> 8.4.1[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    8.4.2[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    8.4.3[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol>8.5[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
8.6[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Report| Report]]<br /> 
8.7[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
==WATERBIRD Preparation and data==
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-09 WBC admin, prep and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<!--T:123-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Waterbird protocol > [[Protocols_web#WBC_Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:124-->
<br/>
:'''2. Page and items'''  <br/>
 
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.<br/>
==WATERBIRD Sites==
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:291-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<tr>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
 
<!--T:125-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
See details for the selected group.<br/>
<br/>


<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<center>
<ul>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:500px;">
1. Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Waterbird census > [[Media:Admin WBC Sites.png|Sites]] <br />
[[File:Shortcuts group details.png|500px]]
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Waterbird census''']]<br/>
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups details.'''
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
</div>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_polygon|Draw polygon]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
6. '''SAVE'''
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
</ul>
'''4. EDIT:''' Modify details. Go to next section Edit. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete the selected group. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:Admin WBC Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Sites.]]<br/>
<!--T:126-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


List of all existing sites allowing a Waterbird census. <br/>
<!--T:127-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:500px;">
[[File:Shortcuts group edit.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts groups.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type or change the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==WATERBIRD User/Site==
<!--T:128-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Delete shortcuts group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:WBC User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. User/Site]]<br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
From the Waterbird census menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Access to sites===
<!--T:129-->
 
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
List of observers allowed to conduct Waterbird census protocols and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
Create a new shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Access to sites.]]
<!--T:292-->
<p style="margin-left:180px">
<center>
'''User name:''' Name and email address of observer.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
'''Reference name:''' Name of the Waterbird census site.<br/>
[[File:New shortcuts group.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcuts group.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. Change tab if necessary and repeat. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''8. ADD:''' Save the nae group. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<span id="shortcuts"></span>
Reduce list by typing the name of a user, reference name site or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
===Shortcuts===
 
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
 
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
 
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. User/site Details.]]
<!--T:293-->
<p style="margin-left:180px">
List of species for which a shortcut exists.<br/>
'''User name:''' Observer name and email address.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''9. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''10. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
</p>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<!--T:130-->
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' Name of species.<br/>
'''Shortcuts group:''' Name of the shortcuts group.<br/>
'''Color code:''' Colour associated to this species. User may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''Order:''' Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
[[File:WBC User Site edit (1).png|center|thumb|700x700px|Waterbird census protocol. Editing User/site.]]
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:180px">
'''11.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''12.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes. </p><br/>


:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<!--T:131-->
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
 
Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>
 
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
Grant rights to observer to conduct Waterbird census on dessignated sites.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding new user to site.]]
<!--T:132-->
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:180px">
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
'''11.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.<br/>
'''12.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go to preious screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Save new addition. </p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Administration users rights===
<!--T:294-->
 
<center>
List of users and administrators with acces to the Waterbird census protocol. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<br/>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|700px|thumb|center|Users and administrators of Waterbird census protocol.]]<br/>
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<!--T:133-->
Reduce list by typing the name of a user, of a right or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
 
See details for the selected speies.<br/>
When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
 
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
 
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Rights details.]]
<!--T:134-->
<p style="margin-left:220px">
<center>
'''Number:''' File number.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
'''User name:''' Name of the user receiving the right. <br/>
[[File:Shortcut detail.png|700px]]
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''Protocols. Shortcuts details.'''
'''9. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
</div>
'''10. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Species name. <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Shortcuts group the selected species belongs to. <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Colour assigned to the selected species.<br/>
'''10. Order:''' Order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcuts list in relation to other species on the same list.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''EDIT:''' Edit details. See section Edit below. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Editing rights.]]
<!--T:135-->
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:220px">
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
'''11.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
'''12.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes. </p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<!--T:136-->
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
[[File:Shortcuts details.png|700px]]
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Change the species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Change the group the species belongs to by typing the name of the group, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Change the colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:''' Change the order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcut list by typing its number on the field.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding new right.]]
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:220px">
'''11.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''12.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go to preious screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Save new addition. </p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
<!--T:137-->
List of administrators of Waterbird census protocol and their email addresses.<br/>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Delete species shortcut from the group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==WATERBIRD Settings==
<!--T:138-->
<br />
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
[[File:Waterbird census. Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Settings.]] <br/>
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
Set protocol parameters. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Species list===
<!--T:139-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Create a new species shortcut.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<!--T:141-->
<br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcuts new.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcut.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Type the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Type the name of the group the species will belong to, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Select a colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''ADD:''' Add the new species to the list.. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>


[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Species list.]]
<span id="Import a shapefile settings"></span>
<p style="margin-left:210px">
===Import a shapefile===
'''Species:''' list of species to survey.<br/>
<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species.<br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/></p>


<p style="margin-left:210px">
Import a file of the survey area and/or see all imports. <br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''1. Search''' <br/>Reduce list by typing the name of a specie or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].
<span id="Select shapefile"></span>
1. Select shapefile by clicking on '''Choose file''' and selecting from your computer the shapefile to upload. <br/>
<span id="Select encoding"></span>
2. Select encoding and SRID from the expandable menu. <br/>
<span id="upload"></span>
3. Click next to upload the select shapefile. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<center>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Import shapefile.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Import a shapefile.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:2;padding-right:5px;">
'''1.''' [[Protocol_management#Select shapefile|Select shapefile]] <br/>
'''2.''' [[Protocol_management#Select encoding|Select encodinng and SRID]] <br/>
'''3.''' [[Protocol_management#upload|Upload file]] <br/>
'''4.''' [[Protocol_management#Import history|Import history]] <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<span id="Import history"></span>
See name of species, their assigned order in the lis and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
4. '''Import history''' <br/>
List of all shapefles uploaded. See correspondence of colours below. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Details of Species list.]]
<!--T:142-->
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


<p style="margin-left:210px">
<span id="Import shapefile></span>
<p style="margin-left:210px">
'''Species:''' list of species to survey.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species.<br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
</p><br/>


:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
==Import a shapefile==
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Editing species lists.]]
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Import shapefile.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Import shapefile.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<p style="margin-left:210px">
Direct link to All my protocols > "Name of protocol" > [[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile settings|Import a shapefile]]. <br/>
'''8. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''9. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''10. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''11. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/></p>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile|[Top to Import a shapefile]]] <br/>
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
<br/>


:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
==Check data==
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding a new species to the list.]]
 
<p style="margin-left:210px">
'''8. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''9. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''10. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/></p>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:143-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<tr>
[[File:Protocols. Check data..png|300px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: hsl(157, 74%, 80%)">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
'''Protocols. Check data.'''
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
</div>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
</div>
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
 
<p>
<ul>
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
Even when no species are dessignated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
</ul></p>
 
</td></tr></table>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Parameters describing the protocol===
<!--T:144-->
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Settings.]] <br/>
<!--T:145-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Check data.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<!--T:146-->
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
:'''1. Graphs''' <br/>
<br/>


:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
<!--T:147-->
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. <br/>
Scroll down to see all graphs: <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
<!--T:148-->
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. <br/>
:::'''Number of censuses''': number of censuses per year from last years to present.<br/>
:::'''Census duration''': total number of hours of survey per year, from last years to present. <br/>
:::'''Average census time''': average number of minutes per survey. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''4. Order''' <br/>
<!--T:149-->
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
:'''2. Site / Observer''' <br/>
Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''5. Details''' <br/>
<!--T:150-->
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.]]
<!--T:151-->
<p style="margin-left:220px">
Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a [[Media:Capture 2023-03-30 WBC display sp.png|list of species recorded]] on a new window.  
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding sub-section below.<br/>
</p><br/>


:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
<!--T:152-->
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
The color is linked to the number of species counted during the census.
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.]]
<!--T:153-->
<p style="margin-left:220px">
White: = 0 specie
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go ack to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p><br/>


:'''7. Parameters'''<br/>
<!--T:154-->
List of all possible parameters in Waterbird census protocols.<br/>
Red : =1 specie
<br/>


:::'''Comment''' <br />
<!--T:155-->
Orange to Yellow to Green: 11 level of colors according the number of species between 1 to 20.


::Allows user to enter a comment if necessary. <br />
<!--T:156-->
<br />
Green: = or >20 species <br />
<br />  


:::'''Important changes''' <br />
<!--T:157-->
 
:'''3. Period / Site''' <br/>
::Allows indicating if there have been major changes since last visit.<br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image [[Media:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer]] as an example of results. <br/>
<br />
<br/>


:::'''Additional observer''' <br />
<!--T:158-->
:'''4. Sites without data''' <br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the '''e-mail''' cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check '''check all''' on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites. <br/>
<br/>


::Space to indicate if the observer has been accompanied by someone whose observations were also recorded.<br />
<!--T:159-->
<br />
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
:::'''Ice''' <br/>
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png|600px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
::Indicates the percentage of water surface that is frozen. Options are:<br/>
'''Protocols. E-mail observers of empty censuses.'''
:::: no ice <br/>
</div>
:::: 0 - 10 % <br/>
</div>
:::: 10 - 50 % <br/>
</center>
:::: 50 - 90 % <br/>
:::: 90 - 100 % <br/>
:::: 100 % <br/>
:::: Unknown
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Snow coverage''' <br/>
<!--T:160-->
 
A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients by selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message in the designated area to personalise it. When done, click '''SEND THE REQUESTS''' to send the message. <br/>
::Indicates the proportion of snow cover. Options are:<br/>
:::: no snow <br/>
:::: partly covered <br/>
:::: completely covered <br/>
:::: Unknown
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Count type''' <br />
<!--T:161-->
 
<center>
::User should choose one the options:<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
:::: roost count <br/>
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC emails.png|700px]]
:::: during day <br />
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<br />
'''Protocols. Sending emails about empty sites.'''
 
</div>
:::'''Count method''' <br />
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
 
'''5.''' Type message to personalise email. <br/>
::The user indicates how they conducted the survey. Only one option is possible. Options are:<br/>
'''6.''' Message recipients.<br/>  
:::: at ground <br/>
</p>
:::: on airplane <br/>
</div>
:::: on ship <br/>
</center>
:::: other <br/>
<br/>
:::: unknown <br />
<br />


:::'''Optical equipment''' <br />
<!--T:162-->
[[Protocol_management#Check data|[Top to Check data]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


::The user should indicate the equipment used for the survey. Only one option is possible. Options are: <br />
==Report==
:::: None <br/>
<br/>
:::: Telescope <br/>
:::: Binoculars <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


:::'''Coverage''' <br />
<!--T:163-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Report..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Report.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


::Serves to indicate how much of the designated polygon is covered in the survey. The user chooses between:<br/>
<!--T:164-->
:::: Partly <br/>
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
:::: Complete <br/>
<br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


:::'''Water level''' <br />
<!--T:165-->
 
<center>
::Indicates the water level. Options are:<br />
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
:::: Dry / Empty <br/>
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png|600px]]
:::: Low <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
:::: Normal <br/>
'''Protocols. Filtering results.'''  
:::: High <br/>
</div>
:::: Unknown <br/>
</div>
<br />
</center>
 
:::'''Visibility''' <br />
 
::Approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species. Options are:<br />
:::: 0-100 m <br/>
:::: 100-300 m <br/>
:::: 300-1000 m <br/>
:::: ≥ 1000 m <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />
 
:::'''Waves''' <br />
 
::Provides information about the waves. Options are: <br/>
:::: None <br/>
:::: Small <br/>
:::: Moderate <br/>
:::: With crests <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />
 
:::'''Conditions in general''' <br />
 
::The user estimates how are surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances, and indicate on next section the reason if surveying <br/>
::conditions are not good. Options are:<br />
:::: Good / Normal <br/>
:::: Moderate <br/>
:::: Bad / heavely influenced <br/>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />
 
:::'''Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions''' <br />
 
::If general conditions indicated above were noot good, <br/>
::clicking the yellow field the user opens an expandable menu and chooses the reason. Only one option is possible:  <br />
:::: Fog <br/>
:::: Rain <br/>
:::: Wind <br/>
:::: Hunting <br/>
:::: Fishing <br/>
:::: Sport <br/>
:::: Mixed (weather) <br/>
:::: Mixed (human) <br/>
:::: Others <br/>
<br />
 
:::'''Count payed''' <br/>
 
::The user can indicate if the count is payed for or not. Only options are <br/>
:::: Yes <br/>
:::: No <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Number of persons on shore''' <br/>
<!--T:166-->
 
:'''1. Filter dates''' <br/>
::The user can type the number of persons on shore.<br/>
Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right or typing directly dd.mm.yyyy in the corresponding field.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Number of rowing boats''' <br/>
<!--T:167-->
 
:'''2. Temporal aggregation''' <br/>
::The user can type the number of rowing boats.<br/>
Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
<br/>
::: '''Day:''' Shows results per day. This is the default option. <br/>
 
::: '''Pentad:''' Shows results in groups of five days. <br/>
:::'''Number of motor boats''' <br/>
::: '''Week:''' Shows results per week. <br/>
 
::: '''Decade:''' Shows results in groups of ten days. <br/>
::The user can type the number of motor boats. <br/>
::: '''Month:''' Shows results per month.<br/>
::: '''Year:''' Shows results per year.<br>
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Number of sailing boats''' <br/>
<!--T:168-->
 
:'''3. Spatial aggregation''' <br/>
::The user can type the number of sailing boats. <br/>
Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
::: '''Country:''' Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered;  if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.<br/>
::: '''Canton:'''  Cantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, district, commarca, county, and so on.<br/>
::: '''Municipality:''' Municipality, like a canton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.<br/>
::: '''Supersite:''' A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created. <br/>
::: '''Place:''' A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked together within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot  or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
:::
::: '''Locality:'''  A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Number of canoes/kayaks''' <br/>
<!--T:169-->
 
:'''4. Visualisation''' <br/>
::The user can type the number of canoes/kayaks.<br/>
::: '''SHOW: '''See results on screen, or <br/>
::: '''EXPORT: '''Download results on an excel file.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Number of fishing boats''' <br/>
<!--T:170-->
 
<center>
::The user can type the number of fishing boats. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<br/>
[[File:2023-04-03 WBC report results.png|700px]]
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
:::'''Number of sports divers''' <br/>
'''Protocols. Report results.'''
 
</div>
::The user can type the number of sports divers.<br/>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''2. Temporal aggregation:''' Show total numbers of individuals of the specie indicated under the first column (5) In this example, the aggregation is per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''3. Study site name:''' Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''5. List of species:''' List of species registered at each site. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Number of surfers''' <br/>
<!--T:171-->
[[Protocol_management#Report|[Top to Report]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


::The user can type the number of surfers.<br/>
==Map==
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Additional observers'''<br />
<!--T:172-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Map..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Map.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>


::The user can indicate the name of other observers participating in the data collection. <br />
<!--T:298-->
<br />
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Important changes since last count?''' <br />
<!--T:299-->
Map and statistics for the site. <br/>
Administrators have more functions than registered users (see [[Protocols_web#Quick_links|user's Quick links]]), and can see all data in the site from all users.<br/>
<br/>


::The user can indicate if there has been any major change since their previous count, for example, some disturbance like noise or construction. <br />
<!--T:300-->
<br />
For more information visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocols_web#Map|Map]].<br/>
 
:::'''Record the trace''' <br />
 
::By checking a cell, the user can have their track recorded. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Hide all records from the public''' <br/>
<!--T:173-->
 
[[Protocol_management#Map|[Top to Map]]] <br/>
::By checking the cell, the user hides all observations from the public. The observer an protocol administrators will always see them.<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
<br/>
<br/>
:::'''No species were seen''' <br/>
::Allows the user to indicate if despite visiting the site and following the guidelines, there were no records. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Parameters===
</translate>
<br/>
 
Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the Waterbird census protocol:<br/>
* '''YES:''' Free area tool is active. <br/>
* '''NO:''' Free area tool is inactive. <br/>
<br/>
 
When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace >  [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Free area tool.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''1. Details''' <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|700px|thumb|center]]
<p style="margin-left:240px">
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
</p><br/>
 
:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Editing free area tool.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
* '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
* '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
<br/>
 
==WATERBIRD Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Check data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
From the Waterbird census menu, select '''Check data''' to visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png|center|thumb|700x700px|Waterbird census protocol. Check data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''1. Graphs''' <br/>
 
Scroll down to see all graphs: <br/>
<br/>
 
:::'''Number of census''': number of census per year from 2012 to present.<br/>
:::'''Census duration''': total number of hours of survey per year, from 2010 to present. <br/>
:::'''Average census time''': average number of minutes per survey. <br/>
<br/>
 
:'''2. Site / Observer''' <br/>
Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a [[Media:Capture 2023-03-30 WBC display sp.png|list of species recorded]] on a new window. <br/>
<br/>
 
:'''3. Period / Site''' <br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image [[Media:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer]] as an example of results. <br/>
<br/>
 
:'''4. Sites without data''' <br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the '''e-mail''' cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check '''check all''' on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. E-mail observers of empty census.]]<br/>
 
A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients y selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message on the designated area to personilse it. When done, click '''SEND THE REQUESTS''' to send the message. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC emails.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Sending emails about empty sites.]]
<p style="margin-left:210px">
'''5.''' Type message to personalise email. <br/>
'''6.''' Message recipients.<br/> </p>
<br/>
 
==WATERBIRD Report==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Report.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
From the Waterbird census menu, select '''Report''' to visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Filtering results.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''1. Filter dates''' <br/>
Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right.<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''2. Temporal aggregation''' <br/>
Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
::: '''Day:''' Shows results per day. This is the default option. <br/>
::: '''Pentad:''' Shows results in groups of five days. <br/>
::: '''Week:''' Shows results per week. <br/>
::: '''Decade:''' Shows results in groups of ten days. <br/>
::: '''Month:''' Shows results per month.<br/>
::: '''Year:''' Shows results per year.<br>
<br/>
 
:'''3. Spatial aggregation''' <br/>
 
::: Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:
:::::: '''Country:''' Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered; if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.
:::::: '''Kanton:''' Kantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, commarca, county, and so on.
:::::: '''Municipality:''' Municipality, like kanton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.
:::::: '''Supersite:''' A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created.
:::::: '''Place:''' A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked toghether within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
::::::
:::::: '''Locality:''' A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.  <br />
<br/>
 
:'''4. Visualisation''' <br/>
::: '''SHOW: '''See results on screen, or <br/>
::: '''EXPORT: '''Download results on an excel file.<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-04-03 WBC report results.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Report results.]]
<p style="margin-left:220px; margin-right:220px">
'''2. Temporal aggregation:''' Results aggregated by time. In this example, per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''3. Spatial aggregation:''' Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''5. List of species:''' List of species registered at each site. <br/>
</p><br/>
 
==WATERBIRD Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC Map main menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Map.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Select the site and see details as explained in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Waterbird census protocol > [[Protocols_web#Map|Map]].<br/>
<br/>
 
Functions in section 4 are different from those of non-administrators. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-17 WBC Map links.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Links for administrators.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
:'''Links for the polygon''' <br/>
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
<br/>
 
::: '''Add observations:''' Add further observations to this site or any other as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Add_observations|Add observations]].<br/>
<br/>
 
::: '''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image below) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding observations to a polygon.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
::: '''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
<br/>
 
:'''Links for the square''' <br/>
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
<br/>
 
::: '''Modify the protocol:''' Modify the protocol as described in wiki section Web > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[/Protocols_web#Modify_the_protocol|Modify the protocol]].<br/> <br/>
<br/>
 
:::'''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image [[Media:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|Waterbird census protocol. Adding observations to a polygon]]) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
<br/>
 
:::'''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
<br/>
 
:::'''Data visualisation:''' See all protocols associated to this site as in Web interface > Protocols > Waterbird protocol [[Protocols_web#Browse_observations| Browse observations]]. <br/>
<br/>
 
:::'''Results:''' See results as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Results|Results]]'''. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Waterbird_census|[Top to Waterbird census]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Private territory mapping=
OTHER_MAPPING
<br/>
<br/>
 
Private territory mapping records breeding birds within a pre-determined polygon. Data can only be entered through NaturaList. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM admin menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Admin menu.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''9 Private territory mapping'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
9.1[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
9.2[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
9.3[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
9.4[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 9.4.1[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    9.4.2[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    9.4.3[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 9.5[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
9.6[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Report| Report]]<br /> 
9.7[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==OTHER MAPPING Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Preparation and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Preparation anda data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Private territory mapping. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Private territory mapping > [[Protocols_web#PTM_Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==OTHER MAPPING Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Private territory mapping > [[Media:2023-05-22 PTM Sites.png|Sites]] <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Private territory mapping''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_transect|Draw transects]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Sites.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==OTHER MAPPING User/Site==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. User/Site.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
From the Private territory mapping menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==OTHER MAPPING Settings==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Settings.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Settings.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Set protocol parameters. Parameters and protocol dependent, see section [[  ]] below for parameters refering to Private territory mapping.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] for general information. <br/>
<br/>
 
===OTHER MAPPING Species list===
<br/>
 
Create a list of species to survey. This protocol only accepts a list.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]] on how to do it.<br/>
<br/>
 
===OTHER MAPPING Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Private territory mapping does not have any specific parameters; a surveyor will only be asked: <br/>
 
*'''Comments''': Users may enter comment.<br/>
 
*'''Record the trace''': Users can choose to record the trace. See wiki section Mobile interface > Protocols > Enter data > Start of list > record the trace for more information.<br/>
 
*'''Hide all records from the public''': Users may keep observations private. <br/>
<br/>
 
===OTHER MAPPING Parameters===
<br/>
 
Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the Private territory mapping protocol.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]] to learn more about protocol parameters.<br/>
<br/>
 
==OTHER MAPPING Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Check data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==OTHER MAPPING Report==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Report.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==OTHER MAPPING Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Map.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Private_territory_mapping|[Top to Private territory mapping]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Point count=
POINT_COUNT
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:PC Admin Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Admin menu.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''10 Point count'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
10.1[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
10.2[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
10.3[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
10.4[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 10.4.1[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    10.4.2[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    10.4.3[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 10.5[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
10.6[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Report| Report]]<br /> 
10.7[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==POINT COUNT Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
[[File:PC admin prep and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Point count. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Point count > [[Protocols_web#PC_Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==POINT COUNT Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Point count > [[Media:PC admin sites.png|Sites]]> +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Point count''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_point|Draw points]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:PC admin sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Sites.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
List of all existing sites allowing a Point count. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==POINT COUNT User/Site==
<br/>
 
[[File:PC Admin User site.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. User/Site.]]
<br/>
<br/>
 
From the Point count menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==POINT COUNT Settings==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Settings.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Settings.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Set protocol parameters. Parameters and protocol dependent, see section [[  ]] below for parameters refering to Private territory mapping.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] for general information. <br/>
<br/>
 
===POINT COUNT Species list===
<br/>
 
Create a list of species to survey. This protocol only accepts a list.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]] on how to do it.<br/>
<br/>
 
===POINT COUNT Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Private territory mapping does not have any specific parameters; a surveyor will only be asked: <br/>
 
*'''Comments''': Users may enter comment.<br/>
 
*'''Record the trace''': Users can choose to record the trace. See wiki section Mobile interface > Protocols > Enter data > Start of list > record the trace for more information.<br/>
 
*'''Hide all records from the public''': Users may keep observations private. <br/>
<br/>
 
===POINT COUNT Parameters===
<br/>
 
Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the Private territory mapping protocol.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]] to learn more about protocol parameters.<br/>
<br/>
 
==POINT COUNT Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:PC Admin Check data..png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Check data.]]
<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==POINT COUNT Report==
<br/>
 
[[File:PC Admin. Report..png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Report.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==POINT COUNT Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:PC Admin Map.png|600px|thumb|center|Point count. Map]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Point_count|[Top to Point count]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Woodpeckers=
WOODPECKER
<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''11 Woodpeckers'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
11.1[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
11.2[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
11.3[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
11.4[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 11.4.1[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    11.4.2[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    11.4.3[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 11.5[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
11.6[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Report| Report]]<br /> 
11.7[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==WOODPECKER Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
==WOODPECKER Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<!--T:20-->
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Woodpeckers > [[Media:Admin WBC Sites.png|Sites]]> +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Woodpeckers''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_point|Draw points]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
 
List of all existing sites allowing Woodpeckers' studies. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
This protocol requires 5 points: <br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-14 WP final SIte admin.png|700px|thumb|center|Five study points in a Woodpecker protocol.]]
<p style="margin-right:270px;margin-left:270px">
'''1.''' Draw point <br/>
'''2.''' Edit point <br/>
'''3.''' Locality the study area will belong to <br/>
'''4.''' Active point, either newly created or ready to edit <br/>
'''5.''' Survey area around the point. Click on any point to hide its survey area. <br/>
</p><br/>
 
==WOODPECKER User/Site ==
<br/>
 
From the Woodpecker menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODPECKER Settings==
<br/>
 
===WOODPECKER Species list===
<br/>
 
===WOODPECKER Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
===WOODPECKER Parameters===
<br/>
 
==WOODPECKER Check data==
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODPECKER Report==
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODPECKER Map==
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Woodpeckers|[Top to Woodpeckers]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Rock Ptarmigans protocol=
LAGOPUS_MOTA
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 admin Ptarmigans menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Admin menu.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''12 Rock Ptarmigans protocol'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
12.1[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
12.2[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
12.3[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
12.4[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 12.4.1[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    12.4.2[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    12.4.3[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 12.5[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
12.6[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Report| Report]]<br /> 
12.7[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 admin PP, prep + data.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Rock Ptarmigans protocol > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Rock Ptarmigans protocol > [[Media:2023-10-05 admin PP. Sites.png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Rock Ptarmigans protocol''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_polygon|Draw a polygon]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 admin PP. Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Sites.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
List of all existing sites allowing a Rock Ptarmigan protocol. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA User/Site==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 admin PP. User-site.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. User / Site.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
From the Rock Ptarmigan protocol menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Settings==
<br/>
 
===LAGOPUS MOTA Species list===
<br/>
 
===LAGOPUS MOTA Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
===LAGOPUS MOTA Parameters===
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 Admin PP. Check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. User/Site.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Report==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 Admin PP. Reports.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Reports.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 Admin PP.Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Map.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Rock Ptarmigans protocol|[Top to Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Black Grouse protocol=
TETRAO_TETRIX
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP Admin menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Admin Menu.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''13 Black Grouse protocol'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
13.1[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
13.2[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
13.3[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
13.4[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 13.4.1[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    13.4.2[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    13.4.3[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 13.5[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
13.6[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Report| Report]]<br /> 
13.7[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP Preparation and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Black Grouse protocol > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Black Grouse protocol > [[Media:2023-10-09 BGP. Admin sites..png|Sites]]> +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Black Grouse protocol''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_polygon|Draw polygon]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Admin sites..png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Sites.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX User/Site==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. User/Site.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
From the Point count menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Settings==
<br/>
 
===TETRAO TETRIX Species list===
<br/>
 
===TETRAO TETRIX Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
===TETRAO TETRIX Parameters===
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Admin Check data..png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Check data.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Report==
<br/>
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Report.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Map.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Black Grouse protocol|[Top to Black Grouse protocol]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Woodcock monitoring=
WOODCOCK
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC monitoring. Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Menu.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''14 Woodcock monitoring'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
14.1[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
14.2[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
14.3[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
14.4[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 14.4.1[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    14.4.2[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    14.4.3[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 14.5[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
14.6[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Report| Report]]<br /> 
14.7[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Prep and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Preparation and data.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Woodcock monitoring > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Woodcock monitoring > [[Media:2023-10-09 WC Sites.png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Woodcock monitoring''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_point|Draw points]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Sites.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK User/Site==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC. User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring, User/Site.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
From the Private territory mapping menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Settings==
<br/>
 
===WOODCOCK Species list===
<br/>
 
===WOODCOCK Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
===WOODCOCK Parameters===
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Check data.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Report==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Report.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Map.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Woodcock monitoring|[Top to Woodcock monitoring]]]<br/>
<br/>

Revision as of 19:19, 11 March 2025

Other languages:


To access the administration of a protocol you need the Protocol administrator right. Only an Admin of the Local portal can provide you such access, under certain conditions.

The easiest way to access protocol functions is through the Protocol panel. See wiki section Accessing protocols below for details.

Protocols summary table
Name Code Group Web
support
NaturaList
Android
Points Transects Polygons Surveys/Year
Number Time/point1 Number Time/transect1 Number Time/polygon1
Waterbird census protocol WATERBIRDS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Private Territory Mapping TERRITORY_MAPPING Birds NO YES
Point count POINT_COUNT Birds YES YES 1
Woodpeckers WOODPECKER Birds YES YES 5
Rock Ptarmigans protocol LAGOPUS_MOTA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined 1 60 2
Black Grouse protocol TETRAO_TETRIX Birds YES YES 1 ≥ 60 2??
Woodcock monitoring WOODCOCK Birds YES YES 1? undetermined
SOCC Seguiment d'ocells comuns a Catalunya SOCC Birds YES NO 1 120-150 4
Rook CORVUS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Sand Martin RIPARIA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Corncrake CORNCRAKE Birds YES YES
Jackdaw JACKDAW Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Grey Partridge PERDIX Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
MHB & BDM MHB_BDM Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
MF Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands MF Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
VBS Monitoring of breeding birds on training military areas VBS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
CBBS in Protected areas CBBM_PROTECTED_AREAS Birds YES YES
Other territory mapping OTHER_MAPPING Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Woodpecker territory PICIDAE Birds YES YES
Cirl Bunting CIRL Birds YES YES many undetermined
Bewick's Swan BEWICKII Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Birds of Prey SNSP_RAPTOR Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Bee-eater BEEEATER Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
STOC EPS STOC_EPS Birds
Mammals
YES YES 10 5 9 undetermined 3
Single nesting species (SNSP) SNSP Birds NO YES
CoBiMo COBIMO Birds NO YES ≥ 1 undetermined undetermined
Protocoled census PROTOCOLED Birds YES NO ≥ 1 ≥ 1 ≥ 1
Meadow birds MEADOW Birds YES NO ≥ 1
SHOC SHOC Birds YES NO 10 undetermined 2
STOC Sites STOC_SITES Birds YES NO 1-50 5 undetermined
STOC Montagne STOC_MONTAGNE Birds YES NO 10 10 2
STOC ONF STOC ONF Birds
Mammals
YES NO 10 5 9 undetermined 3
Nou Atles diurn??? NOU_ATLES_DIURN??? Birds YES NO 5 60 2
Nou Atles nocturn?? NOU_ATLES_NOCTURN?? Birds YES NO 2 60 1
Birding bird protocol BVM Birds YES YES 3-23 5 2
Butterflies monitoring PSMD Birds YES NO 1 10
Goose/Swan (field) census GOOSE_SWAN_FIELD Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Goose/Swan (roost) census GOOSE_SWAN_ROOST Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Anfibi MNIA Amphibians YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Rettili MNIR Reptiles YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Garzaie Italia?? GI Birds YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Moonwatch census MOONWATCH Birds YES NO
NocMig census NOCMIG Birds YES NO
Scops-owl SCOPS Birds YES YES
Crane CRANE_ROOST Birds YES YES
Gulls & Terns GULLS_TERNS Birds YES YES
GLC GLC Birds YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Biometric data BIOMETRIC Bats YES NO
STOC Sites RNF STOC_SITES_RNF Birds YES NO 1-50 5 undetermined
Acoustic data ACOUSTIC Birds YES NO
Shorebirds, Anatidae, Grebes and Coots breeding LIMAT Birds YES YES
Breeding waterbirds WATERBIRD_BREEDING Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Reed-breeding species REEDBREEDERS Birds YES YES
SHOC sites RNF SHOC-SITE-RNF Birds YES YES
SHOC Sites SHOC-SITE Birds YES YES
Semi-common territorial species CBBM_SEMI_COMMON Birds YES YES
Small Owls OWLS_SMALL Birds YES YES
Wryneck WRYNECK Birds YES YES
Great Cormorant CORMORANT Birds YES NO undetermined
Ecological area sample OEFS Birds YES NO undetermined
Monitoring high-alpine birds CBBM_HIGHALPS Birds YES NO undetermined
Nightjar NIGHTJAR Birds YES NO undetermined
White stork WHITESTORK Birds YES NO undetermined
Protocoled census GENERIC_BIRD/PROTOCOLED? Birds YES NO 0-50 undetermined 0-50 undetermined 0-50 undetermined undetermined
Forest birds PTAKI_LESNE Birds YES NO 1 undetermined 4
Grey Heron ARDEA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
1 Time is provided in minutes.







Accessing protocols


Access all protocols functions through the Protocol panel or limited functions as if Submitting records.
Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Entering data for more details for more details on the second option.

To access the protocol panel:

  • Go to Main menu > Administration


If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image Administration), and scroll down to Protocol administration. Open panel and select Protocol administration (see image below).

Protocol administration.png

Protocol administration.



Or,

  • Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol


Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol.

Admin protocol through All my protocol.png

Admin protocol through All my protocol.



Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access certain protocol functions:

Modify protocol

Modify the protocol from

  • Submitting records, as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Modify protocol.
  • Protocol panel > Preparation and data, as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Modify protocol.
  • Protocol panel > Sites. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > Sites > Edit for details.


Create protocol

Create a new protocol from

  • Submitting records, as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Create protocol.
  • Protocol panel > Sites. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > Sites > +NEW to see how to do it.



Access protocol panel:
- Through Menu > Take part > All my protocols.
- Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Protocol administration.

Enter data:
- Through Protocol panel > Preparation and data > Add observations.
- Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Entering data for details.

Modify protocol:
- Through Protocol panel > Preparation and data > Modify the protocol, or Protocol panel > Sites > Edit.
- Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >Modify protocol for details.

Create protocol:
- Through Protocol panel > Sites > +NEW.
- Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >Create protocol for details.


 

Preparation and data


https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/56/Protocols._Preparation_and_data..png

Protocols. Preparation and data.


Identical section to the one of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > Preparation and data for more information.

[Top to Preparation and data]
[Back to Protocols]

Sites


CREATE A NEW SITE:
1. Directly by Transmit my sightings map
or
through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > Sites > +NEW button
2. Select new site as if Submitting records
3. Choose Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol
4. Name the new site
5. Draw geometry (polygon, dot, transect) or import shapefile
6. SAVE



https://help.biolovision.net/images/6/6d/Protocols._Sites..png

Protocols. Sites.


List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/14/WBC_list_of_sites.png

Protocols. Existing sites.

Reference name: Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.
Custom name: A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.
Reference locality: Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to.
Municipality: Municipality the locality belongs to.
Altitude: Altitude associated to the locality.


 

1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL.

2. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

3. Details

Click to see details of selected site.

4. Edit

Click to edit details of selected site.

5. New site

Create a new site.

1. Click + NEW under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > Submitting records if necessary) and choose the new option: Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol' (here Waterbird census, see image below).


Draw waterbird polygon.png

Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.


2. Enter a name for the new site.


Name a new WBC site.png

Naming a new Waterbird census site.

Name of reference locality: Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards.
Reference name: Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.
Custom name: Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.


3. Either:
  • Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > Geometry editor or,
  • Import shapefile:


2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png

Importing a polygon shapefile.

1. Choose datum and
2. upload the file.
3. When done, click IMPORT.


After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the Polygon (Point, Line or Bounding box) section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and IMPORT as explained above.


Save shapefile of new WBC site.png

Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.


4. When the new site is ready you have three options:
SAVE AND STAY to save the site and continue making changes, or
SAVE AND ADD A RECORD to save and start entering observations or
DELETE SITE if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.


The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image Deleting a newly created site). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one.


[Top to Sites]
[Back to Protocols]

User/Site


Protocols. User-Site..png

Protocols. User/Site.


From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.

Access to sites

List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

WBC Access to sites.png

Protocols. Access to sites.

User name: Name, email address and user number of observer.
Reference name: Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" site (local official one).

1. Search
2. Page and items
3. Details
4. Edit
5. Delete
6. EXPORT
7. + NEW


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details of observers and their assigned site.

2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png

Protocols. User/site Details.

User name: Observer name, email address and local site user number.
Reference name: Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .
Custom name: Additional name under which the site is also known.
8. BACK: Go back to main list.
4. EDIT: See Edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .


4. Edit

Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user.

Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png

Protocols. Editing User/site.

10. Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
9. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .

6. EXPORT

Export list as a .txt file.

7. + NEW

Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.

Capture 2023-03-22 .png

Protocols. Adding new user to site.

10. Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
12. ADD: Save new addition.


Administration users rights

List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png

Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a right, a user, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL.

2. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

3. Details

See the rights granted to the selected observer.

2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png

Protocols. Rights details.

Number: This is for Biolovision's internal use.
User name: Name, e-mail and local site user number of the user receiving the right.
Right granted: Right the selected user is granted to.
8. BACK: Go back to main list.
4. EDIT: See Edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .


4. Edit

Modify the rights granted to an observer.

2023-03-21 user rights edit.png

Protocols. Editing rights.

10. Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
9. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .

6. + NEW

Add a new right to an observer.

2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png

Protocols. Adding new right.

10. Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
12. ADD: Save new addition.


7. Protocol administrators

List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" and their email addresses.

[Top to User/Sites]
[Back to Protocols]

Settings


Protocols. Settings..png

Protocols. Settings.


Set protocol parameters.

Species list


Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species.
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts.

An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.


List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

2023-03-26 WBC lists.png

Protocols. Species list.

Species: list of species selected to survey.
Extended species list?: species belonging to an extended species list.
Order: order of appearance.


See Ending the list in NaturaList to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.

2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png

Protocols. Details of Species list.

Species: species selected for details display or editing.
Extended species list?: Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.
See Ending the list to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.
Order: order of appearance.
7. BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: See edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Delete species from the list.


4. Edit

Modify details for the selected species.

2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png

Protocols. Editing species lists.

10. Species: Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).
11. Extended species list?: Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).
12. Order: Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.
13. BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
14. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Delete the species from the list.

6. NEW

Add a new species to the list.

2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png

Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.

10. Species: Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).
11. Extended species list?: Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).
12. Order: Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.
13. BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
15. ADD: Add the list species to the list.


NOTE:
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow.
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.



Parameters describing the protocol

List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status.

Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

Waterbird census. Settings.png

Protocol parameters. Settings.


1. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

2. Active?

Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.

3. Mandatory?

Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.

4. Order

Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol.

5. Details

See details associated to the selected parameter.

2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png

Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.

BACK: Go to previous screen.
EDIT: Edit. See corresponding subsection below.


6. Edit

Modify settings for the selected parameter.

2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png

Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.

8. Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.
9. Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.
10. Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol.
BACK: Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.
MODIFY: Save changes to the parameter.


7. Parameters

Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details on each parameter.

Expand the table below to see all possible parameters and the protocols they appear at. Use arrows to alternate between ascending and descending order.

#
Parameters
Parameter name Description Protocol
Acoustic number To indicate the acoustic number. Acoustic data
Acoustic number detail To indicate what the acoustic number provided refers to. Acoustic data
Activity of the individual To indicate the activity of the individual. Acoustic data
Additional observer(s) To indicate if the user is accompanied by someone whose observations are also recorded. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Appearance of udders To indicate the appearance of udders. Biometric data
Calcar To enter information about the calcar. Biometric data
Capture method To indicate how the animal was caught. Biometric data
Census not done STOC EPS
Chin pad (Plecotus) To indicate the hair colour. Biometric data
Cloud cover To indicate if there are clouds. Various:
SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS
Cm3 (mm) To indicate the length of cm3. Biometric data
Color of oral glands To indicate the colour of oral glands. Biometric data
Comment To leave a comment. All
Conditions in general To indicate about surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances. The user may be asked to indicate on next section the reason if surveying conditions are not good. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Conditions (notes) To leave a note regarding conditions. Various:
Woodpeckers, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, CBBS, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Count method To indicate if the survey takes place from the ground, the air, the water, a different way, or if it is unknown. Waterbird census
Count number To indicate from the expandable menu the visit the data corresponds to. Various:
Count paid To indicate if the count is paid for or not. Waterbird census
Count type To indicate if it is a roost count or otherwise. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Counting mammals? To indicate if besides the compulsory taxonomic group, mammals were also counted. SOCC
Coverage To indicate how much of the designated survey area is covered in the survey. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey
Coverage (notes) To add any comment about coverage. Various:
Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, Birds of prey
Determination methods To indicate the determination method used. Acoustic data
Drone used? To indicate if drones were used during the survey. Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater, SNSP, Birds of prey
Ear To enter information about the ear. Biometric data
Ear width (mm) To indicate the width of the ear. Biometric data
Foot To enter information about the foot. Biometric data
Foot hair (Plecotus) To indicate the presence of hairs on the foot. Biometric data
Forearm (mm) To indicate the length of the forearm. Biometric data
Fused wing cells (Pipistrellus) To merge the information from wing cells. Biometric data
Habitat ETOC EPS
Hair color To indicate the hair colour. Biometric data
Hide all records from the public To check if the user wants to keep their observations private. All
Ice To indicate the percentage of water surface that is frozen. Waterbird census
Important changes (since last count?) To indicate if there have been major changes since the last visit. Various:
Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Rook, Sand Martin, Corncrake, Jackdaw, Grey Partridge, Bee eater, Woodpecker territory, SNSP, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Birds of prey, Meadow birds
Intact nests Number of intact nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Means of transport STOC EPS
Moving/Harvest To indicate the surface that has been harvested or mown. Corncrake, Meadow birds
Nasal leaf length To indicate the length of the nasal leaf. Biometric data
Nest location To select the location of the nest. Jackdaw
Net / harp-trap detail To add details on certain types of traps: Nets and harp-traps. Biometric data
Neutralised time SOCC
No species were seen To check if the user did not detect any of the study species. Waterbird census
Number of canoes/kayaks To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of fishing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of fishing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of motor boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of nests occupied by other species Number of nests occupied by species other than the ones counted in the current protocol.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Number of persons on shore To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of rowing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of sailing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of sports divers To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of stand up paddlers To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of surfers To enter number. Waterbird census
Occupied nests Number of occupied nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Jackdaw, Bee eater
Optical equipment To indicate which equipment is used for the survey. Only one option is possible. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Grey Partridge, Bee eater
Ossification level of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges To indicate the level of ossification of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges. Biometric data
Playback To check the species names for which playback will be played during the survey. Woodpeckers
Potential breeding pairs To enter the number of breeding pairs.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Jackdaw
Rain To indicate if there are any rain. Various
SOCC, STOC EPS
Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions To choose the reason for bad surveying conditions. Only one option is possible. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Size of the epididymis To indicate the size of the epididymis. Biometric data
Size of oral glands. To indicate the size of the oral glands. Biometric data
Social vocalisation type To indicate the type of vocalisation. Acoustic data
Snow/Snow coverage To indicate the proportion of snow cover. Various:
Waterbird census, STOC EPS
Sound played The user should indicate if they used playback to detect the species. Grey Partridge
Suspected nests Number of suspected nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Tail To enter information about the tail. Biometric data
Temperature To indicate approximate temperature. SOCC
Temporary shallow water bodies To indicate the frequency of water bodies. Corncrake, Meadow birds
Testicles size To indicate the size of the testicles. Biometric data
Thumb To enter information about the thumb. Biometric data
Tibia To enter information about the tibia. Biometric data
Tragus To enter information about the tragus.Biometric data
Tragus widht (mm) To indicate the width of the tragus. Biometric data
Vaginal tunic color To indicate the colour of the vaginal tunic. Biometric data
Visibility To indicate the approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species, or an overall description. Various:
SOCC, Waterbird census, STOC EPS
Water level To indicate the water level. Various:
Waterbird census, Rook, Sand Martin, Bee eater
Waves to indicate how the waves are. Waterbird census
Weight (g) To indicate the weight of the animal. Biometric data
Wind To indicate if there is any wind. Various:
SOCC, STOC EPS
1P3D To enter information about 1P3D. Biometric data
1P4D To enter information about 1P4D. Biometric data
1P5D To enter information about 1P5D. Biometric data
2nd finger To enter information about the second finger. Biometric data
2nd metacarpus To enter information about the second metacarpus. Biometric data
2P3D To enter information about 2P3D. Biometric data
2P4D To enter information about 2P4D. Biometric data
2P5D To enter information about 2P5D. Biometric data
3rd finger To enter information about the third finger. Biometric data
3rd metacarpus To enter information about the third metacarpus. Biometric data
4th finger To enter information about the fourth finger. Biometric data
4th metacarpus To enter information about the fourth metacarpus. Biometric data
5th finger To enter information about the fifth finger. Biometric data
5th metacarpus To enter information about the fifth metacarpus. Biometric data



Besides the optional parameters, a user may be asked:

Comments

An optional comments field will appear in the Choosing date section and may be accompanied by other options depending on the protocol:

  • Comment: a comment referring to a general observation,
  • Additional observer: to name other observer/s participating in the census,
  • Important changes: to note important changes from previous visits, like noise, pollution or construction work,
  • Impacts: to record any impact taking place during the survey,
  • Incidents: to report any incident that may have happened during the count.


Comment example.png

Protocols. Example of Comment section.



Hide all records from the public

The user will have the option of keeping records private by checking the appropriate cell. Administrators will always have access to private records (see image above).

Record the trace

This option is only available when entering protocol data through NaturaList. By checking the appropriate cell the user can keep a record of their track.

Parameters Record the trace.png

Protocols. Record the trace.



Point number

Choose from the expandable menu at which point you are entering data.

Parameters


Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :


When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace > Free area tool for details.

2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png

Protocols. Free area tool.


1. Details

See details of the free area tool.

2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png

Protocols. Free area tool details.

BACK: Go back to previous screen.
EDIT: Modify details. See subsection Edit below.


2. Edit

Edit details of the free area tool.

2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png

Protocols. Editing free area tool.


Change status if necessary and click:

  • BACK to go to previous screen without saving changes, or
  • MODIFY to save changes.


When the Free area tool is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the Free area tool as a user:


Files for playback


Files for playback.png

Protocols. Files for playback.

ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Species name.
File name: Name of the file that contains the sound.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click SEARCH. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See name of species and the file name containing its playback.

Playback details.png

Protocols. Playback details.

1. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Species name.
2. File name: Name of the file that contains the sound, and its extension.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: See edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Delete entry from the list.



4. Edit

Modify playback file or species name for the selected entry.

Playback edit.png

Protocols. Editing playback details.

7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Change species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. File name: Click on Choose file to select a different file for this species.
BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete the entry from the list.

6. NEW

Add a new playback file to the list.

Playback new.png

Protocols. Adding a new playback file.

7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Select species by typing its name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. File name: Click on Choose file to select a playback file to upload for this species.
BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
ADD: Save entry to the list.



Shortcuts group


List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol.

Shortcuts group.png

Protocols. Shortcuts groups.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click SEARCH.
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details for the selected group.

Shortcuts group details.png

Protocols. Shortcuts groups details.

BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: Modify details. Go to next section Edit.
5. DELETE: Delete the selected group.



4. Edit

Edit selected shortcut group.

Shortcuts group edit.png

Protocols. Editing shortcuts groups.

7. Shortcuts group name: Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type or change the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete shortcuts group. You will be asked to confirm. Click YES to delete and NO to cancel.

Confirm delete.png

Protocols. Delete confirmation.



6. NEW

Create a new shortcut group.

New shortcuts group.png

Protocols. Creating a new shortcuts group.

7. Shortcuts group name: Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. Change tab if necessary and repeat.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
8. ADD: Save the nae group.



Shortcuts


List of species for which a shortcut exists.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png

Protocols. Shortcuts.

Species: Name of species.
Shortcuts group: Name of the shortcuts group.
Color code: Colour associated to this species. User may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
Order: Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click SEARCH. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.

Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details for the selected speies.

Shortcut detail.png

Protocols. Shortcuts details.

7. Species: Species name.
8. Shortcuts group: Shortcuts group the selected species belongs to.
9. Colour code: Colour assigned to the selected species.
10. Order: Order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcuts list in relation to other species on the same list.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
EDIT: Edit details. See section Edit below.



4. Edit

Edit selected shortcut group.

Shortcuts details.png

Protocols. Editing shortcuts.

7. Species: Change the species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. Shortcuts group: Change the group the species belongs to by typing the name of the group, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b).
9. Colour code: Change the colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the clour panel and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
10. Order: Change the order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcut list by typing its number on the field.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete species shortcut from the group. You will be asked to confirm. Click YES to delete and NO to cancel.

Confirm delete.png

Protocols. Delete confirmation.



6. NEW

Create a new species shortcut.

Shortcuts new.png

Protocols. Creating a new shortcut.

7. Species: Type the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. Shortcuts group: Type the name of the group the species will belong to, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b).
9. Colour code: Select a colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the clour panel and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
10. Order: Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
ADD: Add the new species to the list..

Import a shapefile


Import a file of the survey area and/or see all imports.

1. Select shapefile by clicking on Choose file and selecting from your computer the shapefile to upload.
2. Select encoding and SRID from the expandable menu.
3. Click next to upload the select shapefile.

Import shapefile.png

Protocols. Import a shapefile.

1. Select shapefile
2. Select encodinng and SRID
3. Upload file
4. Import history


4. Import history
List of all shapefles uploaded. See correspondence of colours below.

[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Import a shapefile


Protocols. Import shapefile.png

Protocols. Import shapefile.


Direct link to All my protocols > "Name of protocol" > Import a shapefile.

[Top to Import a shapefile]
[Back to Protocols]

Check data


Protocols. Check data..png

Protocols. Check data.


Visualise a summary of survey data.

2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png

Protocols. Check data.


1. Graphs

Scroll down to see all graphs:

Number of censuses: number of censuses per year from last years to present.
Census duration: total number of hours of survey per year, from last years to present.
Average census time: average number of minutes per survey.


2. Site / Observer

Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results.

2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png

Protocols. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.


Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a list of species recorded on a new window.

The color is linked to the number of species counted during the census.

White: = 0 specie

Red : =1 specie

Orange to Yellow to Green: 11 level of colors according the number of species between 1 to 20.

Green: = or >20 species

3. Period / Site

Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer as an example of results.

4. Sites without data

Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the e-mail cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check check all on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites.

2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png

Protocols. E-mail observers of empty censuses.


A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients by selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message in the designated area to personalise it. When done, click SEND THE REQUESTS to send the message.

2023-03-30 WBC emails.png

Protocols. Sending emails about empty sites.

5. Type message to personalise email.
6. Message recipients.


[Top to Check data]
[Back to Protocols]

Report


Protocols. Report..png

Protocols. Report.


Visualise pooled results from surveys.

2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png

Protocols. Filtering results.


1. Filter dates

Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right or typing directly dd.mm.yyyy in the corresponding field.

2. Temporal aggregation

Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:

Day: Shows results per day. This is the default option.
Pentad: Shows results in groups of five days.
Week: Shows results per week.
Decade: Shows results in groups of ten days.
Month: Shows results per month.
Year: Shows results per year.


3. Spatial aggregation

Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:

Country: Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered; if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.
Canton: Cantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, district, commarca, county, and so on.
Municipality: Municipality, like a canton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.
Supersite: A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created.
Place: A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked together within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
Locality: A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.


4. Visualisation
SHOW: See results on screen, or
EXPORT: Download results on an excel file.


2023-04-03 WBC report results.png

Protocols. Report results.

2. Temporal aggregation: Show total numbers of individuals of the specie indicated under the first column (5) In this example, the aggregation is per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results.
3. Study site name: Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results.
5. List of species: List of species registered at each site.


[Top to Report]
[Back to Protocols]

Map


Protocols. Map..png

Protocols. Map.



Map and statistics for the site.
Administrators have more functions than registered users (see user's Quick links), and can see all data in the site from all users.

For more information visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Map.

[Top to Map]
[Back to Protocols]